Ex 2.0
Rail-Mounted Terminal Block Systems
Electronic Components
for Applications in Hazardous Environments
4
Contents
Over 50 years of innovations – worldwide
The world of spring clamp termination systems
1
2
WAGO*SYSTEM
Flexible – Future-proof
General technical information
for electrical equipment
in hazardous environments
Zone 2
Zone 0
Zone 1
1
2
Zone 1
Zone 0
Zone 0
Ex e Rail-mounted terminal blocks
3
4
3
Ex e Terminal strips
Ex e PCB terminal blocks
Ex e Push-wire connectors for junction boxes
4
Ex i Terminal blocks (overview)
5
6
5
Matrix patchboards
Terminal blocks for matrix patching
6
Shield (screen) connecting system
7
7
WAGO*SYSTEM
8
9
10
8
Rail-mounted terminal blocks
– with overvoltage protection function
– with coupler function
Index
Technical information
Addresses
9
10
1
0
Over 50 Years of Innovations
Since its foundation in 1951, WAGO
Kontakttechnik GmbH, in Minden, has
been pioneering terminal blocks and
connectors with spring clamp termination technology. The carbon steel available at that time was barely suitable for
manufacturing the first spring clamp
terminal blocks (patent 838 778). In addition, there were no test specifications
to which spring clamp terminal blocks
could have been tested or even approved. However, the idea was born and
presented to the professional public at
the Hanover Fair in 1951.
Precision designed and manufactured,
they not only guarantee a faster and
easier connection but also offer a hig-
●
●
1951
The first WAGO
spring clamp:
patent No. 838778
her safety level since the contact quality is largely independent of the skill of
the installer. The connected wire is
clamped safely and permanently by
the pre-programmed clamping force
that automatically adjusts to the conductor cross section.
WAGO spring pressure connection
technologies became an industrial standard. The WAGO spring clamp terminal blocks are appreciated for their
quick and easy operation, long-term
durability and resistance to vibrations.
As a result, maintenance-free operation leads to higher equipment availability. This benefits WAGO customers in
competition worldwide .
Today, WAGO is the worldwide leader
of spring clamp connection systems and
a component provider for decentralized automation in industry and building.
More than 3700 WAGO employees
worldwide are at the service of the customer, in development, production
and marketing.
Global availability of our products and
services is guaranteed by
• 9 WAGO production sites
• 27 WAGO companies and more
than 30 representations
1974
WAGO push-wire
connectors for
juntion boxes.
The original!
●
●
1977
Terminal blocks 0.08 mm2 – 35 mm2
with CAGE CLAMP ®
1995
– Worldwide
1
1
Main production sites
1
Minden/Germany
Headquarters, development, production
Sondershausen/Germany
Logistics centre, production
Domdidier/Switzerland
Production
●
2005
TOPJOB® S
installation
terminal blocks
Compact connectors for
all types of wires
●
2003
222-413
●
2003
TOPJOB® S rail-mounted terminal
blocks with
CAGE CLAMP®S
●
2001
WINSTA® connector system
1
20
●
The Wide Variety of Applications…
U2f NDa
H Jq : ; { [ &4
U2f DaH
U2K f D8
aJq : ; { [ &4
In worldwide
railway traffic
In power
generation and distribution
In car
manufacture
For more than 25 years, WAGO CAGE
CLAMP ® technology has been ensuring
trouble-free clamping connections in
electrical installations in trams, underground railways, carriages, locomotives,
all ICE generations, magnetic levitation
train prototypes and the Shanghai
Transrapid. In addition to the WAGO
rail-mounted terminal blocks, terminal
strips and connectors, the WAGO
X-COM®-SYSTEM, a modular, rail-mounted connector system has proved its
worth during assembly, wiring and
maintenance work. Moreover, it saves
time and money.
In 1955, terminal blocks with spring
clamp connection were already being
used in the control room of a nuclear
energy center. Today, WAGO railmounted terminal blocks, terminal strips,
PCB terminal blocks, matrix patchboards, connectors, interface modules
and the WAGO➟ I/O➟ SYSTEM are
constantly used in power generation,
distribution and measuring installations.
Absolute reliability during operatio,
easy servicing and long-term durability;
with installations that have to run for
decades, these are connection requirements that are hard to find in any other
application. In addition to that, it might
be that the switchgear cabinet enclosure is the only protection against the
weather, in outdoor installations for
example. WAGO products with CAGE
CLAMP ® connection meet all these requirements.
WAGO products with CAGE CLAMP ®
such as rail-mounted terminal blocks,
terminal strips, the MULTI CONNECTION
SYSTEM or the WAGO➟ I/O➟ SYSTEM
contribute to a high availability of the
production facilities:
In switch or control cabinets in the press
plant, in the bodyshell production, final
assembly or in the paint shop. The
vibration-proof and maintenance-free
CAGE CLAMP ® provides double savings: wiring is done quickly and the
routine maintenance work to control
the clamping units is no longer necessary.
…Years of Experience in
Worldwide Applications
U2f Da&
Jq : ; { [ H4
YQ
f: { [
1
31
1
rp
; : { 4/
In shipbuilding,
on and offshore installations
In building
installation
In production
and process automation
Electrical installations in ships were
among the first applications for WAGO
rail-mounted terminal blocks with
CAGE CLAMP ® connection. Vibrations
are always present on ships. Time and
again, these vibrations lead to loose
connections in screw clamp terminal
blocks since screws tend to untighten.
This then requires time and cost intensive routine maintenance work. The
CAGE CLAMP ® connection technology
makes this work redundant.
The WAGO➟ I/O➟ SYSTEM as well
as WAGO terminal blocks and connectors are used successfully worldwide in
the following: Sailing and motor boats,
luxury liners, container and special
vessels, high speed ferries, military
catamarans, loading and container
terminals, oil and gas platforms as well
as different offshore applications.
In 1974, WAGO revolutionized the
wiring of distribution boxes in building
installation with the WAGO push-wire
connectors for junction boxes. Railmounted and installation multi-level
terminal blocks with CAGE CLAMP ®
connection, the WINSTA connector
system and TOPJOB®S rail-mounted
terminal blocks with CAGE CLAMP ®S
connection are other groundbreaking
WAGO products that contribute to
making building installation more economical and to increasing longterm
durability of the installations. Special
components, including radio modules
that don’t require an external power
supply, add to the WAGO➟ I/O➟
SYSTEM and allow flexible and futureoriented decentralized building automation via LONWORKS or ETHERNET.
The hardware is supported by intelligent software solutions to a universal
programming environment in accordance with IEC 61131-3.
Ex applications require special components. In addition to WAGO Ex railmounted terminal blocks with IECEx
and ATEX 100a approvals, the
WAGO ➟ I/O ➟ SYSTEM is also suitable for use in hazardous areas. For a
long time, standard components have
already been used in Zone 2 applications. Using intrinsic I/O modules it is
possible to directly connect sensors and
actuators from Zones 1 and 0 to Zone
2. The PROFIsafe modules are ideal for
safety applications, which represent 10
– 20%, up to category 4 in accordance
with EN 945-1 or SIL 3 according to
IEC 61508 and AK 6 (DIN V 19250).
Standard, Ex and PROFIsafe components can be combined within one
single fieldbus node. This means flexibility and economy.
1
40
●
WAGO Spring Clamp Termination Systems
Since the foundation of the company in 1951, terminal blocks and connectors equipped with
innovative spring clamp termination technology have been manufactured by WAGO.
Many of the spring clamp termination systems that have been developed and patented by
Leaf spring clamping systems
Clamping systems with leaf spring are
available with or without operating device (push-button, screwdriver). These
are simple push-wire connection systems, which are used for the connection
of solid conductors with cross sections
from 0.5 mm2 to 6 mm2.
Conductors with lower stiffness – solid
wires with cross sections smaller than
0.5 mm2 and flexible wires – can also
be connected to clamping systems
equipped with an operating device, by
actuating the clamp. Flexible conductors are only suitable to a limited extent
(reduced rated current) for push-wire
connection systems as these systems
cannot bundle the wires.
WAGO Spring Clamp Connection Technologies
Leaf spring connection
up to 2.5 mm2
Push-wire connection
up to 6 mm2
IDC connection
up to 1.0 mm2
up to 1.5 mm2
1
51
WAGO are now used worldwide, for example, in rail-mounted terminal blocks, in PCB terminal blocks, connectors, electronic modules, in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM and in other products.
®
CAGE CLAMP connection systems
The original CAGE CLAMP® is suitable
for all types of wires with a rated cross
section from AWG 28 to 2 (0.08 mm2 to
35 mm 2). Both CAGE CLAMP® Compact
and POWER CLAMP complement the
CAGE CLAMP®connection. On the
route to miniaturization, the CAGE
CLAMP® Compact connects wires up to
2.5 mm 2 (AWG 14) and the POWER
CLAMP is the largest spring clamp allowing conductors from 35 mm 2 (AWG 2)
to 95 mm 2 (AWG 3/0) to be wired.
CAGE CLAMP ®
up to 35 mm2
The CAGE CLAMP®S connection offers
all the advantages of the CAGE
CLAMP® in the cross section range from
0.25 mm2 (AWG 22) to 25 mm2 (AWG
4) with the additional benefit that "solid
wires from 0.5 mm2 (AWG 20) to 16
mm2 (AWG 6) and flexible conductors
CAGE CLAMP ® Compact
up to 2.5 mm2
CAGE CLAMP ®S
up to 25 mm2
with ferrules from 0.75 mm2 (AWG 18)
to 16 mm2 (AWG 6) can be simply pushed in“.
POWER CLAMP
25 mm2 up to 95 mm2
1
1
●
The advantages of the CAGE CLAMP
®
60
Easy and obvious handling
3.
Front entry
1. The screwdriver is inserted with a rocking
motion to the stop
2. The screwdriver is captivated, holding the
CAGE CLAMP ® open, while the wire is
inserted.
2.
1.
3. The screwdriver is withdrawn and the
wire is automatically clamped.
4.
Side entry
4. Side entry: Operation of the
CAGE CLAMP ® from the top, wire entry
from the side.
Screw terminal blocks are generally delivered with open clamping units. Once
the conductor has been inserted, the
clamping screw must be tightened using
the correct torque. This requires high "visual judgement" on the part of the installer or the use of well set and well
maintained torque screwdrivers. The
operator may forget to tighten the screw
after inserting the conductor. Therefore,
the quality of the connection depends
on the skill of the operator.
Using the CAGE CLAMP® connection,
the conductor is inserted by opening the
clamp with a standard screwdriver.
Once the clamp is released, the fully inserted conductor is clamped safely and
permanently by the pre-programmed
clamping force that automatically adjusts to the conductor cross section.
The contact quality is virtually independent of the operator's skill.
With side-entry wiring, operating
the CAGE CLAMP® and inserting the
conductor is done at a right angle to
each other similar to the screw type
connection.
The widely used front-entry wiring,
i.e. operation of the CAGE CLAMP®
and wire entry are executed parallel to
each other from the front, makes protection against splaying of flexible conductor strands, such as the crimping of
ferrules, unnecessary.
Fast and maintenance-free
Public wiring competitions have proven
a reduction of the wiring time by 75 %
when comparing manual wiring of screw-clamp terminal blocks with CAGE
CLAMP® terminal blocks. Even when
powered screwdrivers are used for
tightening the clamping screws,
there is still a time advantage for the
CAGE CLAMP® terminal blocks. Pushin connection technology makes protection against splaying of flexible conductor strands unnecessary so that
contributes to significant cost reduction.
Due to maintenance-free operation, which results from longterm consistency and vibrationproof design, higher equipment
Average wiring time for
availability can be achieved.
100 connections each.
This benefits WAGO customers
in competion worldwide.
further cost reduction can be achieved.
Furthermore, the maintenance-free
CAGE CLAMP® connection indirectly
20
min.
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
2
Screw-clamp
terminal blocks
CAGE CLAMP ®
terminal blocks
1
71
Suitable for all copper conductors – 1 conductor per clamping unit
1. solid, 2. stranded,
3. flexible
4. flexible wigh ferrule
(gastight crimped)
1.
2.
A universal system: suitable for all copper wi2
res from AWG 26 (0.08 mm ) up to AWG 2
3.
4.
2
(35 mm ). Special conductor preparation not
necessary – but possible.
Front-entry wiring makes it possible to place
any number of CAGE CLAMP® clamping
units on a current bar. This has several advantages: a) It meets the safety requirement
”one conductor per clamping unit“ of the relevant standards, b) Conductors can be
exchanged without interfering with the existing wiring, c) Additional connection points
offer cost and space savings without the
need for adjacent jumpers or additional terminal blocks and d) It offers spare capacity
for future expansion. This can be practically
implemented by using 3- and 4-conductor
terminal blocks.
No load transfer to the insulation material
The CAGE CLAMP® spring of the
CAGE CLAMP® connection secures itself to the current bar without support.
During manufacturing, the springs are
attached to the current bar and this
self-contained assembly is then inserted
into the insulated plastic housing. The
separation of the mechanical from the
electrical requirements allows the optimum choice of materials: high-grade
stainless steel for the spring and high
conductivity copper, tin-plated, for the
current bar. This combination provides
the best of both worlds.
The WAGO CAGE CLAMP®
Clamping of the wire without damage through unique design
CAGE CLAMP® terminal block Pressure-blade, screw-type
terminal block
Each of the photos above show an 0.18 mm2
and 1.5 mm2 wire that was connected to
both CAGE CLAMP® as well as different
screw-clamp connection systems. The tightening torque used for the screw-clamp terminal blocks was the torque specified by
VDE 0609.
In practical use this value is dependent upon
the operator and generally higher.
However, with the CAGE CLAMP® connection, the clamping force automatically
adjusts to the conductor cross section independent of the operator and is consistent
everytime.
Clamping force F in N
The CAGE CLAMP® spring clamps the
connected wire with pre-programmed
clamping force that adjusts automatically to
the conductor cross section. The flat clamping face of the spring presses the wire
against the current bar without damaging
the conductor. Any deformation or movement of the conductor is compensated, thus
eliminating the risk of a loose connection.
Screw-type terminal block Screw-type terminal block
with wire protection
without wire protection
An unlikely connection demonstrates the capability:
a conductor of AWG 24 (0.2 mm2) on the left and
the nominal cross section of AWG 6 (16 mm2) on the
right in an AWG 6 (16 mm2) terminal block.
35 mm2
1,5 mm2
1,0
2,0
3,0
4,0
5,0
Displacement f in mm
6,0
7,0
1
1
80
Gastight contact area between conductor and current bar
The corrosion-resistant CAGE CLAMP®
spring, manufactured of CrNi spring
steel, presses the conductor into a defined contact zone against the slightly
curved tin-plated current bar made of
electrolytic copper. The conductor is
embedded into the soft tin surface of
the current bar with a high specific
pressure. The contact area is hence
protected permanently against corrosion. Due to this concentration of the
clamping force in a defined contact
area between conductor and current
bar, the value of the contact pressure
is comparable with that of screwclamp terminal blocks with the screws
correctly tightened, as shown in the
following example:
Contact pressure P:
P=
Force F
Area A
Screw connection:
P=
550 N
= 137.5 N/mm2
4 mm2
CAGE CLAMP® connection:
P=
55 N
= 137.5 N/mm2
0.4 mm2
CAGE CLAMP® connections are suitable for high current applications as well
as for the transmission of low voltages
and low currents in the mV and mA
range for electronic and process control applications.
stress such as vibration, temperature
change, and corrosive conditions, so
that the gas tightness of the contact
area can be checked.
The long-term consistency of WAGO
terminal blocks and connectors has
been demonstrated both through the
laboratory experiments of international approval agencies and from
worldwide applications.
As a result, their maintenance-free
operation leads to higher equipment
availability. This benefits WAGO
customers in competition worldwide.
rent through a 4 mm2 terminal block is
increased until the conductor glows
red. Even under such test conditions,
the terminal block remains undamaged.
Maintenance-free
The maintenance-free operation results from the good long-term consistency of the electrical and mechanical
characteristics of the terminal block or more precisely the clamping unit.
The voltage drop test allows quality
assessment of the clamping unit under
Short circuit protected
The short-circuit test according to IEC
947-7-1, paragraph 7.2.3, specifies that
120 A per square mm has to be applied for a period of one second, which
means 4200 A for a 35 mm2 terminal
block. CAGE CLAMP® connections pass
this test without damage or impairment
of their function.
The figure shows an impractical test situation (in practice, fuses would switch
off the current long before): The cur-
1
91
Vibration and shock resistant
1
The CAGE CLAMP® spring itself has
very little mass in relation to the high
force it produces. Additionally, the
CAGE CLAMP® is mounted on the
current bar and clamps the conductor
in such a way that a favorable division
of masses is obtained.
The interaction of these factors results
in a connection which has high resistance to vibration and shock, as confirmed in many approval tests and in
practical use.
WAGO has tested the CAGE CLAMP®
connection for vibration up to 2000
Hz with accelerations up to 20 G. Independent agencies have tested and
passed CAGE CLAMP® for shock and
vibration up to 2000 Hz with accelerations up to 109 G in each of three
axes.
The CAGE CLAMP® connection also
meets the vibration test requirements
of VDE 0611 which incorporate a pull
test while vibration is present. The UL
"waggle" test also puts a rotational
force on the wire while a pullout force is applied.
Conductor retention forces
Pull-out tests of different IEC / EN standards are used to determine the retention forces of conductors.
The values specified by these standards
are the same for both screw-clamp and
spring-clamp terminal blocks.
The table shows the pull-out forces required by IEC 60947-7-1 / EN 609477-1 / VDE 0611, part 1, rail-mounted
terminal blocks for copper conductors
and IEC 60999-1 / EN 60999-1 /VDE
0609, part 1, table 3 as well as IEC
60999-2 / EN 60999-2, table 2, in
comparison with the conductor retention forces measured on CAGE CLAMP®
terminal blocks.
Rated cross section
mm2
0.2
0.34
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
2.5
4.0
6.0
10
16
25
35
AWG/
MCM
24
22
20
18
16
14
12
10
8
6
4
3
2
Conductor retention
forces acc. to IEC
/EN IEC /EN
60947-7-1 60999-1
N
10
15
20
30
35
40
50
60
80
90
100
135
156
190
N
10
15
20
30
35
40
50
60
80
90
100
135
190
Conductor retention forces measured on
CAGE CLAMP® terminal blocks
Solid
Flexible
Stranded
N
20
30
35
40
60
90
140
170
300
-
N
15
30
30
35
40
60
90
100
180
220
280
350
N
85
100
240
310
400
1
10
0
●
FIELDBUS INDEPENDENT
PROFIBUS
INTERBUS
ETHERNET TCP / IP
DeviceNet
CANopen
CAL
MODBUS
●
ETHERNET Controller 750-841
• 32 Bit CPU programmable
acc. to IEC 6 1131-3
• 10/100 Mbit/s
\
II /O-LIGHTBUS
Firewire
CC-Link
●
ETHERNET Controller 750-842
• programmable acc. to
IEC 6 1131-3
• 10 Mbit/s
SCALABLE
SOLUTIONS
●
●
ETHERNET coupler 750-341
• Modbus TCP
• 10/100 Mbit/s
programming and commissioning
with I/O-Pro and I/O-Check
1
Flexible – Future-proof
●
I/O IPC 758-870
• Pentium MMX kompatible CPU
• optional Profibus Master
1
11
MODULAR DOWN
TO THE BIT
LOCAL TO
OPERATION
1
1
12
0
●
control | fieldbus
One solution – many applications
1
1
13
1
2
0
General Technical Information
for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Environments
Prerequisite for a potential explosion
danger is the realization of an explosion endangered atmosphere. This can
occur wherever inflammable gases or
liquids are produced, processed, transported or stored.
Such hazardous environment can
form, for example, in chemical plants,
refineries, tank farms, vehicles, sewage
treatment plants, airports, grain mills or
sea ports.
GUIDELINE FOR THE BASIC
PRINCIPLES OF EXPLOSION
PROTECTION:
General requirement
The European Standard EN 50014 –
1977 – VDE classification 0170/0171
part 1 – contains the general requirements for the construction and testing
of electrical apparatus, which are
determined for use in potentially explosive atmospheres.
It has to be ensured, that this equipment
does not cause an explosion of the
surrounding atmosphere.
In addition to the EN 60079-0 specification, the European Standards (see
opposite page) which relate to specific
standards of protection have to be considered.
Electrical equipment
Electrical equipment is any part which
serves as a whole or in parts for the
application of electrical energy.
Amongs these are equipment for the
production, transmission, distribution,
storage, controlling and use of electrical
energy, including telecommunication
systems.
Ex-components
Ex-components are parts of an electrical
equipment for hazardous environments
and are marked with the symbol “U”.
It is not allowed to use them alone in
hazardous environments and, in case
they should be used in these environments and in electrical equipment, an
additional certificate is required.
Types of ignition protection
Only explosion protected equipment
may be used in areas in which a dangerous, explosive atmosphere may still
be expected despite the implementation
of primary explosion protection
measures.
Electrical, explosion protected equipment can have various types of protection according to the construction regulations of the series of standards EN 50
014 following (DIN VDE 0170/0171
Part 1 - following).
The type of protection used by the
manufacturer for apparatus essentially
depends on the type and function of
the apparatus. From a safety point of
view, all standardized types of protection should be seen as being equal.
Ignition protection “n” describes exclusively the use of explosion protected
electrical components in zone 2. This
zone encompasses areas where explosive atmospheres can only be expected
to occur rarely or short-term. It represents the transition between the area of
zone 1, which requires an explosion
protection and safe area in which for
instance welding is allowed at any time.
Regulations covering these electrical
components are being prepared on a
world-wide scale. The standard EN 50
021 allows electrical component manufacturers to obtain certificates from the
corresponding authorities for instance
KEMA in the Netherlands or the PTB in
Germany, certifying that the tested
components meet the above mentioned
standards draft.
Type "n" ignition protection additionally
requires electrical components to be
marked with the following extended
identification:
● A – non spark generating (function
modules without relay /without switches)
● AC – spark generating, contacts protected by seals (function modules
with relays /without switches)
● L – limited energy (function modules
with switch)
The table on the opposite page shows
an overview of the standardized types
of ignition protection and describes their
basic principle as well as usual applications.
2
1
Ignition protection types
Symbol
Standard
Explanation
Application
area
”o”
EN 50015
Oil immersed apparatus:
Electrical equipment or parts of same
immersed in oil.
Zone 1 + 2
”p”
IEC 60079-2
EN 60079-2
Pressurized apparatus:
The ingress of the surrounding (explosive)
atmosphere into the housing of electrical
equipment is avoided by keeping the
ignition protection gas inside under
pressure.
Zone 1 + 2
”q”
EN 50017
Powder filled apparatus:
Filling of the electrical equipment
housing with fine grain sand prevents
the ignition of a surrounding
explosive atmosphere
by an electric arc generated
in the housing.
Zone 1 + 2
”d”
IEC 60079-1
EN 60079-1
Flameproof enclosure:
Equipment which could ignite an explosive
atmosphere is encapsulated in a housing
which can resist an explosion pressure
within the housing.
Zone 1 + 2
”e”
IEC 60079-7
EN 60079-7
Increased safety:
Measures have been undertaken in order
to achieve an increased degree of safety
by the avoidance of inadmissibly high
temperatures and the creation of sparks or
electric arcs.
Zone 1 + 2
”i”
IEC 60079-11
EN 50020-11
Intrinsic safety:
Current circuit
in which no sparks or
thermal effects can occur and cause
an ignition of a certain explosive
atmosphere.
Zone 1 + 2
following
special
testing
zone 0
”n”
IEC 60079-15
EN 60079-15
Non-sparking:
Electrical equipment of group II
for use in areas in which an explosive mixture
of gas, vapor or mist is unlikely
to occur during normal operation
and if it does it will be for a
short period.
Zone 2
”m”
IEC 60079-18
EN 60079-18
Cast encapsulation:
Dangerous electrical equipment is embedded
in a cast mass. This corresponds approximately
to the known special protection type Ex s.
Zone 1 + 2
IEC 60079-25
Intrinsically safe electrical systems
EN 60079-25 Assembly of interconnected electrical equipment
in which the circuits intended for use,
as a whole or in part, in hazardous environments
are intrinsically safe. It is documented
accordingly in the system description.
IEC / TS
60079-27
FISCO standard
Electrical apparatus for explosive gas
atmospheres - Part 27: Fieldbus intrinsically safe
concept (FISCO) and Fieldbus non-incendive
concept (FNICO).
2
Zone 1 + 2
following
special
testing
zone 0
2
2
– Continued –
General Technical Information
for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Environments
Hazardous environments
Hazardous environments are areas in
which the atmosphere may become
explosive. Explosive atmosphere is
defined as a mixture of ignitable
substances in the form of gases,
apors or mixtures with air under
atmospheric conditions in critically
mixed ratios such that excessive high
temperature, arcs or sparks may cause
an explosion.
According to EN 1127-1, endangered
areas are classified into zones according to the probability of the existence
of a dangerous explosion prone atmosphere as follows:
➊ Areas explosion endangered as a
➊
result of combustible gases, vapours or
mist
Zone 0
encompasses areas
in which an explosive gas/air mixture
is continuously present or present for
long periods.
Zone 1
Zone 2
encompasses areas
in which an explosive mixture can
occur during normal operation.
Zone 0
Zone 1
Zone 1
Zone 0
Zone 0
Zone 2
encompasses areas
in which an explosive mixture is unlikely
to occur under normal operation and
if it does it will be for a short period.
➋ Areas explosion endangered due to
➋
combustible dust
Zone 20
Zone 22
Area in which an explosive mixture in
the form of dust in air is continuously
present or present for long periods.
Dust deposits of a known thickness or
of an excessive thickness may build up.
Dust deposits alone are not synonymous with Zone 20.
Zone 21
Area in which an explosive mixture in
the form of dust in air can occur
during normal operation. Deposits of
combustible dust exist in general.
Zone 21
Zone 20
Zone 22
Area in which an explosive mixture in
the form of dust in air is unlikely to
occur during normal operation and if
it does it will be for a short period or
in which deposits of combustible dust
exist.
2
3
The specification EN 60079-0 defines
two groups of electrical equipment for
hazardous environments:
Group l:
Electrical equipment for mines.
Group ll:
Electrical equipment for hazardous
environments other than mines.
This group is further subdivided by pertinent combustible gases in the environment.
Subdivision IIA, IIB and IIC take into
account that different materials/substances/gases have various ignition
energy characteristic values. For this
reason the three subgroups are assigned representative types of gases:
● IIA – Propane
● IIB – Ethylene
● IIC – Hydrogen
Publication of the WBK Mining
Authority of March 1989.
Quotation: “ . . . terminal blocks for which
the type of protection EEx e ll has been
certified will also be accepted for use in
group I – Electrical equipment of the
type of protection – Increased safety “e”.
This statement can also be found in
point 12 of the EC Examination
Certificate stating that terminal blocks
are approved for Group I as well as
for Group II.
Temperature
class
Max. surface
temperature °C
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
450
300
200
135
100
85
Depending on the maximum surface
temperature of the equipment, the
electrical equipment of group ll is defined in temperature classes T1 up to T 6.
The ambient temperature, which has to
be considered, is fixed at 40 °C (104 °F).
(Modifications of this value are possible
under certain conditions)
Terminal blocks for the type of protection – lncreased safety “e” – are generally classed in T6. When using terminal
blocks in equipment of temperature class
T1 up to T 5 it has to be ensured, that
the highest temperature on the insulating
parts does not exceed 85 °C (185 °F).
The highest measured temperature rise
on the surface of the equipment shall
not exceed 40 K.
The resistance to heat of the insulating
material shall at least be 20 °C (68 °F)
above the highest operating temperature.
Minimum ignition energy of representative types of gases:
Explosion group
Gas
Ignition energy
I
IIA
IIB
IIC
Methane
Propane
Ethylene
Hydrogen
280
250
82
16
The table shows a comparison between the existing practice according
to ElexV, DIN VDE 0165-1991 and the new EN 1127-1:
Group II
Category
Type of
protection
Adequate
safety with
Comparable with New acc. to
existing practice EN 1127
1 Ex atmosphere
is very probable,
dust in air
highest
2 protection
measures
2 errors
Group II,
Zone 0
Zone 10
Zone 0
Zone 20
2 From time to time
Ex atmosphere
increased
equipment
failure
or
error
Group II,
Zone 1
Zone 1
Zone 21
3 Low probability of
Ex atmosphere,
settled dust
normal
trouble-free
operation
Group II,
Zone 2
Zone 11
Zone 2
Zone 22
The resistance to low temperature is
sufficient if the insulating material
withstands a 24-hour storage at a temperature of up to minus 60 °C (– 76 °F)
without destroying this type of protection.
Specific requirements
“Increased safety EEx e”
The European Standard EN 60079-7 –
VDE 0170/0171 part 6 – contains the
“special requirements” for the construction and testing of electrical equipment
for the type of protection – Increased
safety “e” –, which are intended for use
in explosive atmospheres.
This specification is a supplement to
EN 60079-0 and relates to such equipment or parts thereof, which do not
produce arcs, sparks or dangerous
temperatures under normal operating
conditions.
This standard describes special measures, which have to be observed to
obtain a safety degree according to
the type of protection - Increased
safety “e” –. Paragraph 4.2 “Terminal
blocks for external conductors” relates
to electrical equipment, such as railmounted terminal blocks.
The following are the most important
design requirements for terminal blocks
for external electrical conductors:
They shall be
● sufficiently large to permit the reliable connection of external conductors with cross section of at least the
size related to the nominal current of
the equipment;
● they must be protected against selfloosening and designed in such a
way that the external conductors
cannot slip out of their clamping
units;
● they must be designed in such a way
that sufficient contact pressure is
ensured without damaging the conductors;
● their design must ensure that the
contact pressure does not change
with temperature cycling;
● for the connection of stranded conductors they must be designed with a
spring connecting link;
● terminal blocks for conductor cross
section up to 4 mm2/AWG 12 shall
be so designed that smaller conductor cross sections may be connected
safely.
2
2
4
– Continued –
General Technical Information
for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Environments
It is expressively forbidden to use insu- Table 1: Creepage and air distances
lating parts for the transmission of
contact pressure. Terminal blocks with
Minimum
Voltage1)
sharp edges, which may damage the
creepage mm
Effective value of AC voltage
conductor and others that can rotate or
or DC voltage
Material group
be deformed permanently during
V
normal fixing, are not permissible.
I
II
Terminal blocks for connections inside
1.6
1.6
10 2)
12.5
1.6
1.6
electrical equipment should not be
16
1.6
1.6
subjected to excessive mechanical
20
1.6
1.6
stress. They must comply with the condi25
1.7
1.7
tions for terminal blocks for external
32
1.8
1.8
40
1.9
2.4
electrical conductors.
50
2.1
2.6
The air distances between live parts of
63
2.1
2.6
80
2.2
2.8
different potentials are contained in the
100
2.4
3.0
table 1 with a minimum value of
125
2.5
3.2
3 mm for external connections.
160
3.2
4
200
4
5
The value of the creepage distances
250
5
6.3
depends on the working voltage, the
320
6.3
8
)
surface condition of the insulating parts
8
10
400 (440)*
500 (550)*)
10
12.5
and the anti-tracking index of the insu12
16
630 (690)*)
lation material.
800
16
20
Grooves on the surface may only be
1000
20
25
1250
22
26
considered if they are at least 2.5 mm
1600
23
27
wide and deep, and corrogations on
2000
25
28
the surface only if their height is at
2500
32
36
least 2.5 mm and their width corre3200
40
45
4000
50
56
sponds to the mechanical strength of
5000
63
71
the material, however not smaller than
6300
80
90
1 mm.
8000
100
110
10000
1)
2)
125
140
Minimum
air distance
III a
mm
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.8
3.0
3.4
3.4
3.6
3.8
4
5
6.3
8
10
12.5
16
20
25
32
32
32
32
40
50
63
80
100
125
160
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.6
1.7
1.8
1.9
2.1
2.1
2.2
2.4
2.5
3.2
4
5
6
6
8
10
12
14
18
20
23
29
36
44
50
60
80
100
The listed voltages are taken from IEC 60664-1 . The working voltage *) is allowed to exceed the voltage
level by 10 % as indicated in the table. This is based on the simplification of the supply voltages according to
table 3 b of IEC 60664-1.
The listed values of the creepage and air distances are based on a maximum limit deviation of the supply
voltage of ± 10%.
The CTI value is not valid at 10 V and under so that materials, which do not meet the requirements of
material group IIIa, can be used.
The classification of the insulating mate- Table 2:
rials according to their tracking resisTracking resistance of insulating
tance follows the Comparative Tracking materials
Index (CTI) and is contained in the table
2 as follows:
Material
Comparative
This classification is related to insulating
group
tracking index
parts without grooves or corrogations.
If the insulating parts have grooves or
I
600 ≤ CTI
corrogations sufficiently large to be
II
400 ≤ CTI < 600
considered, the minimum creepage
III a
1 75 ≤ CTI < 400
distances according to the values of the
insulating materials of the next higher
class apply, for ex. group I instead of
group II.
Under consideration of the ambient
temperature of 40°C (104°F) specified
for electrical equipment, the current
carrying capacity acc. to DIN/VDE
0298-4: 2003, table 10, of rubber insulated conductors is reduced to 82 %, of
PVC-insulated conductors to 87 % of
the current carrying capacity, specified
for 30°C (86°F) ambient temperature
acc. to item 4.3.3. of DIN/VDE 0298-4:
2003-008.
Types of wire and wire preparation
According to EN 60079-14/DIN VDE
0165-1, the wire ends of stranded and
fine-stranded wire have to be protected against splaying, for example by
the use of cable lugs, ferrules, or by
the design of the terminal block
applied. Soldering alone is not sufficient.
Connecting electrical equipment to
terminal blocks in an atmosphere with
a type of protection – Increased safety
“e” – the air and creepage distances
acccording to EN 60079-7/DIN VDE
0170/0171-6 must not be reduced.
Experience through the application of
terminal blocks in aggressive atmospheres in the chemical industry demonstrate
that tinned copper ferrules (gastight) or
tinned copper pin-type cable sockets /
lugs are recommended when connecting fine-stranded wires to terminal
blocks in corrosive atmospheres.
2
5
Approvals
The marking of the terminal blocks are in conformance with EC directive
94/9/EC ATEX 100 a and will be as follows:
Terminal blocks can be used in zones I
and II, provided that the terminal blocks
are in an enclosure that has a minimum
4 II 2 G EEx e II
degree of protection IP 54 and an Ex e
certification.
Explosion prevention marking
Terminal blocks are considered EX components, as they are only a part of the
equipment. Part certificates provided by
Group II (for equipment used in areas in which an
testing agencies serve as a basis for the
explosive atmosphere might occur.)
complete certification of conformity for
the installation.
Category 2 (high safety, equipment used in areas [zones] in
which an explosive atmosphere can occur during normal
An EC type examination certificate is
operation. The explosion protection has also to be guaranteed
issued in accordance with the Explosion
even with frequent equipment malfunctions.)
Protection Directive 94/9/EG (ATEX
100 a).
Gases
In addition, IEXEx certificates can be
obtained from the appropriate accrediExplosion protection in Europe, type of protection “Increased Safety”,
Group II
ted testing organizations (see also page
2.6) in accordance with the IECEx certification agreement, which is accepted
Or
overall in Europe and currently in coun4 I
M2
EEx e I
tries like Canada, China and Australia,
etc.
Explosion prevention marking
These certificates can be downloaded
from www.iecex.com.
Group I (for equipment used in underground applications)
Mining applications
Explosion protection in Europe, type of protection “Increased Safety”,
Group I
Marking example
Series
Manufacturer’s name
Nominal insulating voltage
Type of protection
Part certificate No.
Nominal cross section
(solid, stranded and fine-stranded
conductors)
The embossed type details on the terminal blocks show the manufacturer’s
name, the series No., the type of protection Ex e II, the approval No., the
data of approval and the name of the
test house.
2
2
6
– Continued –
General Technical Information
for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Environments
According to UL Standard 60079-7
terminal blocks for Class I, Zone 1, Ex e
II hazardous locations can be approved
for Ex applications.
As a result of international harmonization efforts the UL certificate can be
issued on the basis of a certificate
according to EN 60079-0 or EN
60079-1, provided that the terminal
blocks have also been approved in
accordance with UL 1059 (ordinary
location).
If desired by the applicant, the product
can at the same time be approved in
accordance with the Canadian Standards E79-0-95 and E79-7-95 and
released for use in Canada.
The terminal blocks are marked with
Y Cl. I, Zn.1, AEx e II.
The WAGO terminal blocks specified in
this catalog have been granted the EC
type examination certificates.
The WAGO terminal blocks approved
for the ignition protection type Ex e II
are manufactured of flame resistant,
self-extinguishing Nylon 6.6. The same
applies to the other terminal blocks in
the non explosion endangered area.
A tracking resistance with a CTI value
of 600 as per IEC 60112 and a constant operating temperature of
105°C/22°F in accordance with IEC
60216 parts 1 and 2 are provided.
To monitor the above described quality
features, all CAGE CLAMP ® rail-mounted terminal blocks with Ex e II approval are subject to a factory part quality
control.
2
7
Classifications meeting the NEC 500
The following classifications according
to NEC 500 (National Electric Code)
are valid for North America.
Divisions
The "Divisions" describe the degree of
probability of whatever type of dangerous situation occurring. Here the following assignments apply:
Explosion endangered areas due to combustible gases, fumes, mist and dust
Division 1
Encompasses areas in which explosive atmospheres are to be expected occasionally
(> 10 h ≤ 1000 h /year) as well as continuously and long-term (> 1000 h /year).
Division 2
Encompasses areas in which explosive atmospheres can be expected rarely and
short-term (> 0 h ≤ 10 h /year)..
Explosion protection groups
Electrical components for explosion
endangered areas are subdivided in
three danger categories:
Class I (gases and fumes):
Group
Group
Group
Group
A
B
C
D
(Acetylene)
(Hydrogen)
(Ethylene)
(Methane)
Class II (dust):
Group E (Metal dust)
Group F (Coal dust)
Group G (Flour, starch and cereal dust)
Class III (fibers):
No sub-groups
Temperature classes
Electrical components for explosive
areas are differentiated by temperature
classes:
Temperature class
Maximum
surface temperature
Ignition temperature
of the combustible materials
T1
450 °C
> 450 °C
T2
300 °C
> 300 °C ≤ 450 °C
T2A
280 °C
> 280 °C ≤ 300 °C
T2B
260 °C
> 260 °C ≤ 280 °C
T2C
230 °C
> 230 °C ≤ 260 °C
T2D
215 °C
> 215 °C ≤ 230 °C
T3
200 °C
> 200 °C ≤ 215 °C
T3A
180 °C
> 180 °C ≤ 200 °C
T3B
165 °C
> 165 °C ≤ 180 °C
T3C
160 °C
> 160 °C ≤ 165 °C
T4
135 °C
> 135 °C ≤ 160 °C
T4A
120 °C
> 120 °C ≤ 135 °C
T5
100 °C
> 100 °C ≤ 120 °C
T6
85 °C
> 85 °C ≤ 100 °C
2
For America
According to NEC 500
Example for lateral marking of I/O modules
(750-400, 2-channel digital input module DC 24 V)
Application area
Einsatzbereich
(zone)
(Zone)
Explosion protection group
Explosionsschutzgruppe
(Gefahrenkategorie)
(hazard category)
CL I DIV 2
Grp. ABCD
optemp code T4A
Explosion group
Explosionsgruppe
(Gasgruppe)
(gas group)
Temperature class
Temperaturklasse
ITEM-NO.:750-400
2DI 24V DC 3.0ms
Hansastr. 27
D-32423 Minden
0.08-2.5mm2
0V
24V
24246
4100--02----03
8
– Continued –
General Technical Information
for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Environments
CL I DIV 2
24V DC
Grp. A B C D
AWG 28-14
op temp code T4A
55°C max ambient
LISTED 22ZA AND 22XM
2
DI1
Di2
II 3 G
KEMA 01ATEX1024 X
EEx nA II T4
PATENTS PENDING
2
9
Special requirements
“intrinsic safety Ex i”
The European Standard EN 60079 –
11- classification 0170/0171, part
7/08.03 – contains the special requirements for the construction and testing
of electrical apparatus, designated for
the type of protection intrinsic safety “i”
– in potentially explosive atmospheres.
As opposed to other ignition protection
types, the ignition protection technique
intrinsic safety “i” does not only refer to
individual equipment, but to the complete intrinsically safe current circuit.
A current circuit is termed intrinsically
safe when in normal operation and
with certain occurring fault conditions
no sparks and no thermal effects can
cause an ignition in a certain explosive
atmosphere.
It is important to distinguish between
● intrinsically safe electrical equipment
when all circuits are intrinsically safe
and
● a related electrical equipment including both intrinsically and non-intrinsically safe circuits, and being designed in such a way that it is
impossible for the non-intrinsically
safe circuits to affect the intrinsically
safe circuits.
Intrinsically safe electrical equipment
and intrinsically safe parts or related
electrical equipment are classified in
categories “ia” or “ib”.
Products classified Ex “ia” should not
cause any ignition when current is
applied in the following cases:
a) in normal service and the presence
of non-countable faults leading to
the most unfavorable condition;
b) in normal service and the presence
of one countable fault in addition to
the non-countable faults leading to
the most unfavorable condition;
c) in normal service and the presence
of two countable faults in addition to
the non-countable faults leading to
the most unfavorable condition.
Products classified Ex “ib” should not
cause any ignition when current is
applied in the following cases:
a) in normal service and the presence
of non-countable faults leading to
the most unfavorable condition;
b) in normal service and the presence
of one countable fault in addition to
the non-countable faults leading to
the most unfavorable condition.
No particular approval is necessary for
terminal blocks as plain mechanical
equipment for use in type of protection
Ex i applications, as they do not contain
a source of voltage and precise information is available concerning the electrical data and the temperature rise
performance.
They shall be identifiable for example
by their type designation and the following construction requirements have
to be observed:
● The air distance between bare, conducting parts of terminal blocks of
different intrisically safe circuits has
to be equal or higher than the
values specified in the standard. In
addition, the air distances between
the terminal blocks must be so that
the air distances between bare, conducting parts of the connected external conductors is at least 6 mm for
one measurement. Each possible
motion of metallic parts that are not
rigidly fixed must be considered.
● When a possible connection has not
been considered during safety analysis, the minimum air distance between grounded (earthed) metallic or
other conducting parts and the uninsulated conducting parts of the conductors that are connected to the
terminal blocks must be 3 mm.
● The terminal block has to be marked
in a clear and distinct manner. If a
color is used, it shall be light blue
(approx. RAL 5015).
When using terminal blocks in intrinsically safe circuits, the following requirements have to be observed:
Terminal blocks used for intrinsically
safe circuits must be separated from
non-intrinsically safe circuits. This is
accomplished by several accepted
methods. First, intrinsically safe circuits
are separated by at least 50 mm of air
space from non-intrinsically safe circuits.
Second, intrinsically safe circuits are
housed in a separate enclosure. Third,
intrinsically safe terminal blocks are
separated from non-intrinsically safe
terminal blocks by either an insulated
partition or grounded metal partition.
The partition size must allow for either
1.5 mm or less distance from the sides
of the housing or provide at least
50 mm of creepage distance between
the intrinsically and non-intrinsically
safe circuits in all directions. The insulation between an intrinsically safe circuit
and the chassis of an electrical equipment or parts, which may be grounded
(earthed), has to withstand an effective
AC voltage corresponding to double
the value of the voltage of the intrinsically safe circuit or a minimum of at
least 500 V, depending on which value
is higher.
The insulation between an intrinsically
safe and a non-intrinsically safe circuit
has to withstand an effective AC voltage of 2 x nominal value (U) + 1 kV or
a minimum of 1.5 kV, whereby U
represents the total of the effective
voltages of the intrinsically safe and the
non-intrinsically safe circuit.
Short circuit between different intrinsically safe circuits could cause dangerous conditions. The insulation between
these circuits should withstand an effective voltage of at least 500 V AC or
2 U AC where U is the total of the
effective voltages of the related circuits.
According to the construction specification EN 60079-14/DIN VDE 0165-1,
stranded and fine-stranded conductors
in intrinsically safe circuits have to be
protected against splayed ends, for
example by ferrules or pin terminals or
by the design of the terminal
blocks. Tinning of the conductor end
alone is not permissible.
For the connection of stranded and
fine-stranded conductors in terminal
blocks it is recommended to use in
corrosive atmosphere gastight tinned
copper ferrules or tinned copper pin
terminals.
2
2
10
– Continued –
General Technical Information
for Electrical Equipment in Hazardous Environments
4
IECEx and ATEX 100a Approvals
TOPJOB®S rail-mounted terminal
blocks
For the WAGO customer these approvals mean considerable cost saving and
simplification:
● Double stock holding for standard
The WAGO TOPJOB®S rail-mounted
and Ex e rail-mounted terminal
terminal blocks, presented at the Hanoblocks is not necessary.
ver Fair 2003 for the first time, have
been granted one of the first ten IECEx ● Applications in hazardous areas now
approvals worldwide. The approval
also benefit from the system pronumber is IECEx PTB 03.0004 U. It has
perties ”time, cost and space saving”.
been published on the Internet as the
fourth document "Certificate Reference ● A project can be designed using
only one range of rail-mounted terNumber ...004 U" by the PTB
minal blocks.
(15.12.2003).
Furthermore, these terminal blocks have ● Increased installation safety: standard terminal blocks cannot be used
received the Ex e approval in accorin hazardous areas accidentally.
dance with ATEX 100a. Both approvals
apply to all through terminal blocks and ● The IECEx approval applies to
worldwide trading in Ex items.
also to the ground (earth) conductor
terminal blocks.
Other WAGO products with IECEx approval are available upon request.
2
11
2
3 4 Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
0
– Product Summary –
Series 2001/2002/2004/2006/2010/2016
TOPJOB®S Through terminal blocks/ground (earth) terminal blocks
2-conductor terminal blocks
3-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 0.25 –1.5 (2.5)/14 0.25 –2.5 (4)/12 0.5 –4 (6)/10 0.5 –6 (10)/8 0.5 –10 (16)/6 0.5 –16 (25“f-st“)/4
Page 3.
4
5
6
7
8
9
Series 2002
TOPJOB®S Double deck terminal blocks
Through/through connection
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.10
Series 2002
4-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 0.25 –1.5 (2.5)/14 0.25 –2.5 (4)/12 0.5 –4 (6)/10
Page 3.
4
5
6
Ground (earth)/through connection
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.10
4-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.10
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.10
TOPJOB®S Triple deck terminal blocks
Through/through/through connection
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.11
6-conductor-terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.11
Shield (screen)/through/through connection
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.11
Ground (earth)/through/through connection
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.11
6-conductor ground (earth) terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5 (4)/12
Page
3.11
3
1
Series 279 – 285
CAGE CLAMP® Through terminal blocks/ground (earth) terminal blocks
2-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 1.5/14 2.5/12 4/10 6/8 10/6 16/4 35/2
Page 3.
12 15/17 22-23 24 25 26 27
Series 279/280
3-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 1.5/14 2.5/12 4/10 6/8 10/6 16/4
Page 3.
12
15/18 22-23 24 25 26
Series 285
Double potential
terminal blocks
High current through/ground (earth) terminal blocks
3
2-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 25/4 to 95/4/0
Page
3.30
mm2/AWG 1.5/14 2.5/12
Page 3.
14
19
Series 264
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 35/2 to 70/0/0
Page
3.30
Miniature through/ground (earth) conductor terminal blocks
for DIN 35 Rail
2- and 4-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5/12
Page
3.20
Series 870
4-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 1.5/14 2.5/12 4/10
Page 3.
12-13 16 -18 22
for DIN 15 Rail
2- and 4-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5/12
Page
3.21
CAGE CLAMP® COMPACT trough/ground (earth) conductor/double and triple deck terminal blocks
for DIN 35 Rail
2-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5/4 “f-st“/12
Page
3.32
for DIN 15 Rail
Double deck terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5/4 “f-st“/12
Page
3.32
Triple deck terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5/4 “f-st“/12
Page
3.32
2-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5/4 “f-st“/12
Page
3.33
3
2
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with CAGE CLAMP ®
Series 279 to 285
CAGE CLAMP® connection
Wire connection with screwdriver
Wire removing with screwdriver
Protective warning marker
Protective warning markers inserted into the
operating slots
Finger guard cover
Touch protection for unused clamping units
Marking
Series 870
Marking with WMB multi marking system or
WSB quick marking system
Marking is done via the Plotter IP 350
CAGE CLAMP®
clamps the following
copper wires:
solid
stranded
Rail mounted terminal blocks with
CAGE CLAMP® COMPACT
fine stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with CAGE CLAMP ®S
Series 2001, 2002, 2004, 2006, 2010 and 2016
CAGE CLAMP®S connection
3
3
Commoning
550 V
Direct insertion – Solid conductors with cross
sections from either one cross section size above or
up to two cross section sizes below the rated cross
section can be pushed in directly - without tools.
With screwdriver – the operation of the clamp
remains the same for unprepared flexible conductors or small cross sections that don’t allow direct
insertion.
In exactly the same way as the original CAGE CLAMP® , CAGE CLAMP®S is operated using a screwdriver
when removing the conductor.
Twin integrated,
spring-loaded jumper
system allows the use of
comb-type jumper bars
and test plugs.
The rated voltage of the
jumper bars is 550 V
(ex works) for Ex applications.
Testing
3
Testing of TOPJOB®S rail-mounted terminal blocks
using test plug or testing tap.
Marking
Connection possibility
A thermal transfer printer and the WAGO
“smart designer“ software generate the marking.
fine-stranded wire,
tip bonded
TOPJOB® S offers three marking positions for WMB
markers, miniature WSB markers or a full length
marking strip.
fine-stranded wire
with crimped ferrule
Modular connectors with CAGE CLAMP® S
connection provide an additional connection
possibility for 2 mm Ø or 2.3 mm Ø test plugs.
fine-stranded wire
with crimped pin terminal
0.25 –1.5 (2.5) mm2 ➊ AWG 22 – 14
550 V
17 A
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 – 11 mm / 0.39 in
*4
0.25 –1.5 (2.5) mm2 ➊ AWG 22 – 14
550 V
17 A
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 – 11 mm / 0.39 in
*4
0.25 –1.5 (2.5) mm2 ➊ AWG 22 – 14
550 V
17 A
Terminal block width 4.2 mm / 0.165 in
L 9 – 11 mm / 0.39 in
*4
➊ can be connected: 0.25 mm2 – 2.52 mm2 “s + f-st“;
2
can be pushed in directly: 0.5 mm – 2.5 mm “s“ and 0.75 mm2 – 1.5 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 12 mm“
<____ 48.5 mm /1.91 in ____>
Item No.
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
<_______ 59.5 mm /2.34 in ________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal blocks
2001-1201
grey
blue
2001-1204
orange
2001-1202
more colors are being prepared
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2001-1207
green-yellow
100
100
100
100
Item No.
<____________ 70 mm /2.76 in ____________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2001-1301
grey
blue
2001-1304
orange
2001-1302
more colors are being prepared
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2001-1307
green-yellow
Suitable for Ex i applications
100
100
100
100
Item No.
Appropriate marking system
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal blocks
2001-1401
grey
blue
2001-1404
orange
2001-1402
more colors are being prepared
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2001-1407
green-yellow
Suitable for Ex i applications
Accessories
<_12 _>
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
4
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
3
TOPJOB®S
4 Terminal Blocks 1.5 (2.5) mm2 /AWG 14,
Series 2001
100
100
100
100
Suitable for Ex i applications
WMB/marker strips (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.031 in thick
orange 2002-1292 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2002-1291 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.031 in thick
orange 2002-1392 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2002-1391 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.031 in thick
orange 2002-1492 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2002-1491 100 (4 x 25)
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
200 strips
light grey 2001-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
200 strips
200 strips
light grey 2001-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
light grey 2001-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 16 A
2-way 2001-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2001-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2001-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2001-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2001-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 16 A
2-way 2001-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2001-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2001-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2001-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2001-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 16 A
2-way 2001-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2001-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2001-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2001-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2001-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 16 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 16 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 16 A
1 - 3 2001-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2001-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2001-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2001-440 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 3 2001-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2001-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2001-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2001-440 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 3 2001-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2001-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2001-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2001-440 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2001-501 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2001-501 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2001-501 100 (4 x 25)
2
Spacer module
2001-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
Spacer module
2001-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
Spacer module
2001-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
TOPJOB®S
4 Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm2 /AWG 12,
Series 2002
0.25 – 2.5 (4) mm2 ➊ AWG 22 – 12
550 V
22 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
*4
3
5
0.25 – 2.5 (4) mm2 ➊ AWG 22 – 12
550 V
22 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
*4
*4
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
<____ 48.5 mm /1.91 in ____>
Item No.
<________ 59.5 mm /2.34 in ________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal blocks
2002-1201
grey
blue
2002-1204
orange
2002-1202
more colors are being prepared
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2002-1207
green-yellow
100
100
100
100
Suitable for Ex i applications
Accessories
<_12 _>
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
can be connected: 0.25 mm2 – 4 mm2 “s + f-st“;
can be pushed in directly: 0.75 mm2 – 4 mm2 “s“ and 0.75 mm2 – 2.5 mm2 “Insulated ferrules, 12 mm“
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
➊
0.25 – 2.5 (4) mm2 ➊ AWG 22 – 12
550 V
22 A
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
Item No.
<_____________ 70 mm /2.76 in _____________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2002-1301
grey
blue
2002-1304
orange
2002-1302
more colors are being prepared
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2002-1307
green-yellow
100
100
100
100
Suitable for Ex i applications
Appropriate marking system
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal blocks
2002-1401
grey
blue
2002-1404
orange
2002-1402
more colors are being prepared
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2002-1407
green-yellow
100
100
100
100
Suitable for Ex i applications
WMB/marker strips/WMB Inline (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.031 in thick
orange 2002-1292 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2002-1291 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.031 in thick
orange 2002-1392 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2002-1391 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.031 in thick
orange 2002-1492 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2002-1491 100 (4 x 25)
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
200 strips
200 strips
200 strips
light grey 2002-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
dark gr. 2002-172 0.75-1 mm2
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 20 A
2-way 2002-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2002-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2002-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2002-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2002-410 100 (4 x 25)
light grey 2002-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
dark gr. 2002-172 0.75-1 mm2
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 20 A
2-way 2002-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2002-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2002-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2002-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2002-410 100 (4 x 25)
light grey 2002-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
dark gr. 2002-172 0.75-1 mm2
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 20 A
2-way 2002-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2002-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2002-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2002-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2002-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 20 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 20 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 20 A
1 - 3 2002-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2002-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2002-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2002-440 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 3 2002-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2002-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2002-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2002-440 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 3 2002-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2002-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2002-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2002-440 100 (4 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2002-115 100 (4 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2002-115 100 (4 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2002-115 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2002-501 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2002-501 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2002-501 100 (4 x 25)
Spacer module
2002-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
Spacer module
2002-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Spacer module
2002-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
3
0.5 – 4 (6) mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 10
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 – 13 mm / 0.47 in
*4
AWG 20 – 10
0.5 – 4 (6) mm2 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 – 13 mm / 0.47 in
*4
*4
can be connected: 0.5 mm2 – 6 mm2 “s + f-st“;
can be pushed in directly: 1 mm2 – 6 mm2 “s“ and 0.75 mm2 – 4 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 12 mm“
<____ 52.5 mm /2.07 in ____>
Item No.
<________ 65.5 mm /2.58 in ________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal blocks
2004-1201
grey
blue
2004-1204
orange
2004-1202
more colors are being prepared
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2004-1207
green-yellow
50
50
50
50
Suitable for Ex i applications
Accessories
<_12 _>
Item No.
<_____________ 79 mm /3.11 in _____________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2004-1301
grey
blue
2004-1304
orange
2004-1302
more colors are being prepared
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2004-1307
green-yellow
50
50
50
50
Suitable for Ex i applications
Appropriate marking system
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
➊
AWG 20 – 10
0.5 – 4 (6) mm2 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6.2 mm / 0.244 in
L 11 – 13 mm / 0.47 in
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
6
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
3
TOPJOB®S
4 Terminal Blocks 4 (6) mm2 /AWG 10,
Series 2004
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal blocks
2004-1401
grey
blue
2004-1404
orange
2004-1402
more colors are being prepared
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2004-1407
green-yellow
50
50
50
50
Suitable for Ex i applications
WMB/marker strips/WMB Inline (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2004-1292 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2004-1291 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2004-1392 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2004-1391 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2004-1492 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2004-1491 100 (4 x 25)
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
Insulation stop, 5 pcs/strip
200 strips
200 strips
200 strips
light grey 2004-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
dark gr. 2004-172 0.75-1 mm2
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 30 A
2-way 2004-402 100 (4 x 25)
3-way 2004-403 100 (4 x 25)
4-way 2004-404 100 (4 x 25)
5-way 2004-405 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2004-410 50 (2 x 25)
light grey 2004-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
dark gr. 2004-172 0.75-1 mm2
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 30 A
2-way 2004-402 100 (4 x 25)
3-way 2004-403 100 (4 x 25)
4-way 2004-404 100 (4 x 25)
5-way 2004-405 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2004-410 50 (2 x 25)
light grey 2004-171 0.25-0.5 mm2
dark gr. 2004-172 0.75-1 mm2
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 30 A
2-way 2004-402 100 (4 x 25)
3-way 2004-403 100 (4 x 25)
4-way 2004-404 100 (4 x 25)
5-way 2004-405 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2004-410 50 (2 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 30 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 30 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 30 A
1 - 3 2004-433 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 4 2004-434 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 5 2004-435 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2004-440 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 3 2004-433 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 4 2004-434 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 5 2004-435 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2004-440 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 3 2004-433 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 4 2004-434 100 (4 x 25)
1 - 5 2004-435 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2004-440 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2004-115 100 (4 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2004-115 100 (4 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2004-115 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2004-501 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2004-501 100 (4 x 25)
Modular TOPJOB®S connector,
for jumper contact slot
1-pole 2004-501 100 (4 x 25)
Spacer module
2004-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
Spacer module
2004-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Spacer module
2004-549 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
TOPJOB®S
4 Terminal Blocks 6 (10) mm2 /AWG 8,
Serie 2006
0.5 – 6 (10) mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 8
550 V
38 A
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 – 15 mm / 0.55 in
*4
3
7
AWG 20 – 8
0.5 – 6 (10) mm2 ➊
550 V
36 A
Terminal block width 7.5 mm / 0.295 in
L 13 – 15 mm / 0.55 in
Step-down jumpers
*4
2
“s + f-st“;
➊ can be connected: 0.5 mm2 – 10 mm
2
2
<_12 _>
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
mm /
<___ 33
1.3 in ___>
can be pushed in directly: 1.5 mm – 10 mm “s“ and
1.5 mm2 – 6 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 12 mm“
<______ 57.5 mm /2.26 in _______>
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal blocks
2006-1201
grey
blue
2006-1204
orange
2006-1202
50
50
50
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2006-1301
grey
blue
2006-1304
orange
2006-1302
25
25
25
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2006-1207
green-yellow
50
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2006-1307
green-yellow
25
Suitable for Ex i applications
Accessories
3
<____________ 73.5 mm /2.89 in ___________>
Suitable for Ex i applications
Appropriate marking system
WMB/marker strips/WMB Inline
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2006-1292100 (4 x 25)
grey
2006-1291100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2006-1392100 (4 x 25)
grey
2006-1391100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 33 A
2-way 2006-402 50 (2 x 25)
3-way 2006-403 50 (2 x 25)
4-way 2006-404 50 (2 x 25)
5-way 2006-405 50 (2 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 33 A
2-way 2006-402 50 (2 x 25)
3-way 2006-403 50 (2 x 25)
4-way 2006-404 50 (2 x 25)
5-way 2006-405 50 (2 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 33 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 33 A
1 - 3 2006-433 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 4 2006-434 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 5 2006-435 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 3 2006-433 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 4 2006-434 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 5 2006-435 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2006-115 100 (4 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2006-115 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Commoning with step-down jumpers
An end plate must always be used between the terminal
blocks that are commoned with step-down jumpers.
Step-down jumper 2006-499 is suitable for commoning
AWG 10/12 (6/4 mm2) terminal blocks with AWG
12/14/16 (4/2.5/1.5 mm2) terminal blocks.
Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down to full insertion, in the same way as all other push-in type jumper bars.
.
(see page 3.35)
Step-down jumper, light grey, insulated,
32A
2006-499
50 (2 x 25)
Note:
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
The total current flowing must not exceed
the rating of the step-down jumper.
0.5 – 10 (16) mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 6
550 V
51 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 17 – 19 mm / 0.71 in
*4
AWG 20 – 6
0.5 – 10 (16) mm2 ➊
550 V
50 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 17 – 19 mm / 0.71 in
Step-down jumpers
*4
2
“s + f-st“;
➊ can be connected: 0.5 mm2 – 16 mm
2
2
can be pushed in directly: 2.5 mm – 16 mm “s“ and
2.5 mm2 – 10 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 18 mm“
<_18 _>
<_________ 68 mm /2.68 in __________>
Item No.
mm /
<___ 37
1.46 in ___>
8
mm /
<___ 37
1.46 in ___>
3
TOPJOB®S
4 Terminal Blocks 10 (16) mm2 /AWG 6,
Series 2010
<_________________ 89 mm /3.5 in __________________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal blocks
2010-1201
grey
blue
2010-1204
orange
2010-1202
25
25
25
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2010-1301
grey
blue
2010-1304
orange
2010-1302
25
25
25
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2010-1207
green-yellow
25
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2010-1307
green-yellow
25
Suitable for Ex i applications
Accessories
Suitable for Ex i applications
Appropriate marking system
Pack.-unit
pcs
Commoning with step-down jumpers
An end plate must always be used between the terminal
blocks that are commoned with step-down jumpers.
Step-down jumper 2006-499 is suitable for commoning
AWG 10/12 (6/4 mm2) terminal blocks with AWG
12/14/16 (4/2.5/1.5 mm2) terminal blocks.
Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down to full insertion, in the same way as all other push-in type jumper bars.
WMB/marker strips/WMB Inline (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2010-1292 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2010-1291 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2010-1392 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2010-1391 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 51 A
2-way 2010-402 50 (2 x 25)
3-way 2010-403 50 (2 x 25)
4-way 2010-404 50 (2 x 25)
5-way 2010-405 50 (2 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 50 A
2-way 2010-402 50 (2 x 25)
3-way 2010-403 50 (2 x 25)
4-way 2010-404 50 (2 x 25)
5-way 2010-405 50 (2 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 51 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 50 A
1 - 3 2010-433 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 4 2010-434 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 5 2010-435 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 3 2010-433 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 4 2010-434 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 5 2010-435 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2010-115 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2010-115 50 (2 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
Item No.
Step-down jumper, light grey, insulated,
57A
2016-499
50 (2 x 25)
TOPJOB®S
4 Terminal Blocks 16 (25 “f-st“) mm2 /AWG 4,
Series 2016
0.5 – 16 (25 “f-st“) mm2 ➊ AWG 20 – 4
550 V
70 A
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 18 – 20 mm / 0.75 in
*4
3
9
2
0.5 – 16 (25 “f-st“) mm ➊ AWG 20 – 4
550 V
67 A
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 18 – 20 mm / 0.75 in
Step-down jumpers
*4
2
“s + f-st“, 25 mm2 “f-st“;
➊ can be connected: 0.5 mm2 – 16 mm
2
2
can be pushed in directly: 2.5 mm – 16 mm “s“
and 2.5 mm2 – 16 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 18 mm“
mm /
<___ 37
1.46 in ___>
mm /
<___ 37
1.46 in ___>
<_18 _>
<____________ 70 mm /2.76 in __________>
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal blocks
2016-1201
grey
blue
2016-1204
orange
2016-1202
20
20
20
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2016-1301
grey
blue
2016-1304
orange
2016-1302
20
20
20
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2016-1207
green-yellow
20
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
2016-1307
green-yellow
20
Suitable for Ex i applications
Accessories
Suitable for Ex i applications
Appropriate marking system
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Commoning with step-down jumpers
An end plate must always be used between the terminal
blocks that are commoned with step-down jumpers.
Step-down jumper 2006-499 is suitable for commoning
AWG 10/12 (6/4 mm2) terminal blocks with AWG
12/14/16 (4/2.5/1.5 mm2) terminal blocks.
Step-down jumpers are simply pushed down to full insertion, in the same way as all other push-in type jumper bars.
WMB/marker strips/WMB Inline (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2016-1292 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2016-1291 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 1 mm/0.039 in thick
orange 2016-1392 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2016-1391 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 65 A
2-way 2016-402 50 (2 x 25)
3-way 2016-403 50 (2 x 25)
4-way 2016-404 50 (2 x 25)
5-way 2016-405 50 (2 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 65 A
2-way 2016-402 50 (2 x 25)
3-way 2016-403 50 (2 x 25)
4-way 2016-404 50 (2 x 25)
5-way 2016-405 50 (2 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 65 A
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN 65 A
1 - 3 2016-433 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 4 2016-434 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 5 2016-435 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 3 2016-433 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 4 2016-434 50 (2 x 25)
1 - 5 2016-435 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2016-115 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2016-115 50 (2 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Test plug adapter, for test plug 4 mm/0.157 in Ø
2009-174 100 (4 x 25)
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
Testing tap, for max. 2.5 mm2
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
2009-182 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110 1
300 m 2009-130 1
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
3
<_________________ 92 mm /3.62 in ___________________>
Step-down jumper, light grey, insulated,
57A
2016-499
50 (2 x 25)
Note:
The total current flowing must not exceed
the rating of the step-down jumper.
0.25 – 2.5
➋
(4) mm2 ➊
AWG 22 – 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
0.25 – 2.5
➋
(4) mm2 ➊
AWG 22 – 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
2
“s + f-st“;
➊ can be connected: 0.25 mm2 – 4 mm
2
2
can be pushed in directly: 0.75 mm – 4 mm “s“ and
0.75 mm2 – 2.5 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 12 mm“
<_____ 70 mm /2.76 in _____>
<_____ 70 mm /2.76 in _____>
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double deck terminal blocks, for DIN 35 rail
Through-/through terminal blocks,
housing color grey
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double deck terminal blocks, for DIN 35 rail
4-conductor through terminal block,
internal commoning, housing color grey,
conductor entry position colored in violet
Marking carrier with
without
Marking carrier with
without
L
2002-2238
2002-2208
50
L /L
2002-2231
2002-2201
50
4-conductor through terminal block,
N/L
2002-2232
2002-2202
50
internal commoning, housing color blue,
L/N
2002-2233
2002-2203
50
conductor entry position colored in violet
Housing color blue
N
2002-2239 ➋ 2002-2209 ➋ 50
N/N
2002-2234 ➋ 2002-2204 ➋ 50
➋ Suitable for Ex i applications
➋ Suitable for Ex i applications
2
“s + f-st“;
➊ can be connected: 0.25 mm2 – 4 mm
can be pushed in directly: 0.75 mm2 – 4 mm2 “s“ and
2
<_12 _>
0.75 mm – 2.5 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 12 mm“
<_ 52 mm /2.05 in _>
<___ 62 mm /2.44 in ____>
Item No.
<_12 _>
<_ 52 mm /2.05 in _>
<___ 62 mm /2.44 in ____>
<_ 52 mm /2.05 in _>
<___ 62 mm /2.44 in ____>
10
<_ 52 mm /2.05 in _>
<___ 62 mm /2.44 in ____>
3
TOPJOB®S
4 Double Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm2 /AWG 12,
Series 2002
<_____ 70 mm /2.76 in _____>
Item No.
<_____ 70 mm /2.76 in _____>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double deck terminal blocks, for DIN 35 rail
Ground (earth) conductor/through terminal block,
Housing color grey
Marking carrier with
PE/N
2002-2247
PE/L
2002-2257
Accessories
Item No.
without
2002-2217
2002-2227
50
50
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double deck terminal blocks, for DIN 35 rail
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block,
internal commoning
Housing color green-yellow
Marking carrier with
without
PE
Appropriate marking system
Item No.
Item No.
2002-2237
2002-2207
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
50
WMB/marker strips/WMB Inline (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.032 in thick
orange 2002-2292 100 (4 x 25)
grey 2002-2291 100 (4 x 25)
Two-way marking adapter,
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN ➋
2-way 2002-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2002-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2002-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2002-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2002-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN ➋
1 - 3 2002-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2002-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2002-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2002-440 100 (4 x 25)
➋ Technical data in preparation
Item No.
2002-121
50 (4 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2002-115 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110
1
300 m 2009-130
1
TOPJOB®S
4 Triple Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 (4) mm2 /AWG 12,
Series 2002
0.25 – 2.5
➋
(4) mm2 ➊
AWG 22 – 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
0.25 – 2.5
➋
(4) mm2 ➊
AWG 22 – 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
3
11
0.25 – 2.5
➋
(4) mm2 ➊
AWG 22 – 12
Terminal block width 5.2 mm / 0.205 in
L 10 – 12 mm / 0.43 in
2
“s + f-st“;
➊ can be connected: 0.25 mm2 – 4 mm
2
2
<__ 69.5 mm /2.74 in __>
<____ 81.5 mm /3.21 in ______>
<__ 69.5 mm /2.74 in __>
<____ 81.5 mm /3.21 in ______>
can be pushed in directly: 0.75 mm – 4 mm “s“ and 0.75 mm2 – 2.5 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 12 mm“
<_________ 93.5 mm /3.68 in ________>
Item No.
<_12 _>
3
<_________ 93.5 mm /3.68 in ________>
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Triple deck terminal blocks, for DIN 35 rail
Through-/through-/through terminal blocks,
housing color grey
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
<_________ 93.5 mm /3.68 in ________>
<_________ 93.5 mm /3.68 in ________>
Item No.
Triple deck terminal blocks, for DIN 35 rail
Ground (earth)/through/through terminal blocks,
housing color grey
Marking carrier with
PE/N/L
2002-3247
PE/L/L
2002-3257
Accessories
without
2002-3217
2002-3227
50
50
Item No.
Appropriate marking system
without
2002-3218
2002-3228
Pack.-unit
pcs
50
50
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Triple deck terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
6-conductor ground (earth) terminal block,
internal commoning
housing color green-yellow
Marking carrier with
without
PE
2002-3237
2002-3207
50
WMB/marker strips/WMB Inline (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 0.8 mm/0.032 in thick
orange 2002-3292 100 (4 x 25)
grey
2002-3291 100 (4 x 25)
Two-way marking adapter,
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN ➋
2-way 2002-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way 2002-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way 2002-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way 2002-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way 2002-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated, IN ➋
1 - 3 2002-433 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 4 2002-434 200 (8 x 25)
1 - 5 2002-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
1 - 10 2002-440 100 (4 x 25)
➋ Technical data in preparation
<_12 _>
<_________ 93.5 mm /3.68 in ________>
Triple deck terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
Shield (screen)/through/through terminal blocks,
housing color grey
Marking carrier with
Schirm/N/L 2002-3248
Schirm/L/L 2002-3258
<__ 69.5 mm /2.74 in __>
<____ 81.5 mm /3.21 in ______>
<__ 69.5 mm /2.74 in __>
<____ 81,5 mm /3.21 in ______>
<__ 69.5 mm /2.74 in __>
<____ 81.5 mm /3.21 in ______>
Triple deck terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
6-conductor through terminal block,
internal commoning, housing color grey,
conductor entry position colored in violet
Marking carrier with
without
Marking carrier with
without
L /L /L
2002-3231
2002-3201
50
L
2002-3238
2002-3208
50
6-conductor through terminal block,
L /L /N
2002-3233
2002-3203
50
internal commoning, housing color blue,
conductor entry position colored in violet
Housing color blue
N
2002-3239➋ 2002-3209➋ 50
N/N/N
2002-3234➋ 2002-3204➋ 50
➋ Suitable for Ex i applications
➋ Suitable for Ex i applications
2
“s + f-st“;
➊ can be connected: 0.25 mm2 – 4 mm
can be pushed in directly: 0.75 mm2 – 4 mm2 “s“ and 0.75 mm2 – 2.5 mm2 “Insulated ferrule, 12 mm“
2002-131
50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow 2002-115 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, white, plain, for central marking,
11 mm/0.433 in wide,
on roll
50 m 2009-110
1
300 m 2009-130
1
3 4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 1.5 mm
2
Series 279
*4
0.2 – 1.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 16 ➊
550 V
15 A
Terminal block width 4 mm / 0.157 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
(32 mm /1.26 in )
<____ 52 mm /2.05 in ____>
Item No.
*4
2-conductor through terminal block
279-992
light grey
mm /
<_ 27
1.06 in _>
(32 mm /1.26 in )
<______ 62.5 mm /2.46 in ______>
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
0.2 – 1.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 16 ➊
550 V
15 A
Terminal block width 4 mm / 0.157 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
mm /
<_ 27
1.06 in _>
0.2 – 1.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 16 ➊
550 V
15 A
Terminal block width 4 mm / 0.157 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
mm /
<_ 27
1.06 in _>
12
/AWG 16,
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
3-conductor through terminal block
279-993
light grey
100
<_ 42.5 mm /1.67 in >
_
<_________ 73 mm /2.87 in _________>
Item No.
4-conductor through terminal block
279-994
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
279-687/999-950
100
green-yellow
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
279-837/999-950
100
green-yellow
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-330 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-341 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-348 100 (4 x 25)
Separator plate, oversized, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-331 100 (4 x 25)
Separator plate, oversized, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-342 100 (4 x 25)
Separator plate, oversized, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-349 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
90 mm wide 209-190 50 (2 x 25)
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
279-907/999-950
100
green-yellow
Accessories Series 279 item-specific
Accessories Series 279
Screwless end stop,
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated, IN 15 A
279-402 200 (8 x 25)
grey
yellow-green 279-422 200 (8 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Alternate jumper, insulated, IN 15 A
279-409 100 (4 x 25)
grey
IN see page 3.34
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
3
13
0.2 – 1.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 16 ➊
550 V
15 A
Terminal block width 4 mm / 0.157 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Application notes
mm /
<_ 27
1.06 in _>
*4
3
<________ 68 mm /2.68 in ________>
Item No.
4-conductor through terminal block
279-990
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
Ex e/Ex i end stop
Please note:
When using Ex e/Ex i terminal strips, end stops
must be mounted at the extremities of the strip.
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-318 100 (4 x 25)
Snapping a terminal block onto the carrier rail
Separator plate, oversized, 2 mm/0.079 in thick
light grey 279-338 100 (4 x 25)
WAGO ground (earth) conductor terminal blocks
snap onto the rail in the same way as through
terminal blocks, but automatically make a direct
electrical connection to the rail.
Sliding on the rail is not then possible.
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
When mounting on the rail, ensure that
open sides of terminal blocks face in the
same direction.
Visual control is possible, as both mounting feet
and screwdriver removal slots are on the same
side for all terminal blocks (see illustration above).
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
279-415 100 (4 x 25)
If it is required to use standard carrier rails as
ground (earth) conductor busbars please refer to
the maximum current capacities listed below.
Carrier rail
DIN 35 x 7.5 (steel)
slotted
unslotted
DIN 35 x 15 (steel)
1.5 mm/0.059 in thick
2.3 mm/0.091 in thick
Item
No.
210-112
210-113
Current ➋ acc. to
[A] mm2/AWG Cu
76
76
16/6
16/6
210-114 125
210-118 125
35/2
35/2
DIN 35 x 7,5 (Alu)
unslotted
210-196 76
DIN 35 x 15 (Cu)
2.3 mm/0.091 in thick 210-198 309
➋ applies to rails of 1 m/3'3" length
16/6
150/6/0
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications
According to EN 50020 a minimum distance of
50 mm must be kept between live parts of Ex e
and Ex i circuits. When mounting WAGO Ex e
and Ex i rail-mounted terminal blocks together on
a common rail WAGO offers a space saving
solution to the problem by using the Exe/Ex i
separators.
3 4 Double Potential Terminal Blocks 1.5 mm /AWG 16,
2
Series 279
0.2 – 1.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 16 ➊
550 V
15 A
Terminal block width 4 mm / 0.157 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Application notes
*4
mm /
<_ 27
1.06 in _>
*4
0.2 – 1.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 16 ➊
550 V
15 A
Terminal block width 4 mm / 0.157 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
mm /
<_ 27
1.06 in _>
14
<__ 42.5 mm /1.67 in __>
<_________ 73 mm /2.87 in __________>
Item No.
<________ 68 mm /2.68 in _________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double potential terminal block, with double
marker receptacle in the center of the terminal block
light grey
279-995
100
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double potential terminal block, with double
marker receptacle in the center of the terminal block
light grey
279-989
100
Attention! These double potential terminal block
cannot be commoned with adjacent jumpers!
Attention! These double potential terminal block
cannot be commoned with adjacent jumpers!
Double potential terminal blocks are space
savers. Two independant through terminal blocks
are placed in one insulated housing on one
level. The width of the housing is only 4
mm/0.157 in. Compared to standard through
terminal blocks, the width is only 2 mm/0.079 in
for a total height of only 27 mm/1.063 in from
the upper edge of the carrier rail. Input and output contacts of one circuit are placed on the
same side of the terminal block. Both circuits can
be individually marked according to input and
output.
Accessories Series 279 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 279-348 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 279-318 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 279-349 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 279-338 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Accessories Series 279
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
279-415 100 (4 x 25)
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm2 /AWG12,
Series 280
3
15
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
23 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Application notes
*4
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
*4
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
22 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-992
3
(_ 32mm/1.26in _)
<_______ 64 mm /2.52 in ________>
< 32 mm/1.26 in >
<_____ 53 mm /2.09 in _____>
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
3-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-993
100
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
280-907/999-950
100
green-yellow
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
280-687/999-950
100
green-yellow
Spacer
Spacer
280-902/056-000
280-650/056-000
Commoning with adjacent jumpers.
Push down the jumper until fully inserted!
Accessories Series 280 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-356 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-358 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-357 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-359 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
90 mm wide 209-190 50 (2 x 25)
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
Accessories Series 280
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
280-415 100 (4 x 25)
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
280-402 200 (8 x 25)
grey
yellow-green 280-422 200 (8 x 25)
IN see page 3.38
Alternate jumper, insulated
280-409 100 (4 x 25)
grey
IN see page 3.34
Staggered jumper ➋, insulated, width 5 mm /0.197 in
from 1 to 2 780-452 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 3 780-453 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 4 780-454 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 5 780-455 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 8 780-458 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
➋ Using staggered jumpers, the maximum rated voltage is reduced to 275 V.
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
3 4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm /AWG 12,
2
Series 280
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
20 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
20 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
<__ 42.5 mm/1.67 in __>
<__________ 75 mm /2.95 in ___________>
Item No.
4-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-994
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
280-837/999-950
100
green-yellow
Spacer
Application notes
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
*4
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
16
(_ 42.5 mm/1.67 in )
_
<___________ 75 mm /2.95 in ___________>
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-999
100
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
280-677/999-950
100
green-yellow
280-835/056-000
Accessories Series 280 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-352 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-352 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-353 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-353 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Accessories Series 280
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
280-415 100 (4 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
280-402 200 (8 x 25)
grey
yellow-green 280-422 200 (8 x 25)
IN see page 3.38
Alternate jumper, insulated
280-409 100 (4 x 25)
grey
IN see page 3.34
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
In order to meet the air and creepage distances
specified for Ex e applications it is necessary to
insert an end or intermediate plate between a
through and a ground (earth) conductor terminal
block.
Staggered jumper ➋, insulated, width 5 mm /0.197 in
from 1 to 2 780-452 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 3 780-453 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 4 780-454 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 5 780-455 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 8 780-458 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
3
17
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
23 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
*4
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
*4
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
22 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
<____ 50 mm /1.97 in ____>
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-691
3
<__________ 73 mm /2.87 in __________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-990
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
280-607/999-950
100
green-yellow
Accessories Series 280 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-362 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-364 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-363 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-365 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Accessories Series 280
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
280-415 100 (4 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
280-402 200 (8 x 25)
grey
yellow-green 280-422 200 (8 x 25)
IN see page 3.38
Alternate jumper, insulated
280-409 100 (4 x 25)
grey
IN see page 3.34
Staggered jumper ➋, insulated, width 5 mm /0.197 in
from 1 to 2 780-452 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 3 780-453 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 4 780-454 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 5 780-455 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 8 780-458 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
➋ Using staggered jumpers, the maximum rated voltage is reduced to 275 V.
3 4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm /AWG 12,
2
Series 280
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
23 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
23 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
<____ 50.5 mm /1.99 in ____>
Item No.
3-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-998
mm /
<___ 36.5
1.44 in __>
mm /
<___ 36.5
1.44 in __>
18
<___ 50.5 mm /1.99 in ___>
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal block
light grey
280-996
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
280-637/999-950
100
green-yellow
Spacer
280-654/056-000
Attention! These terminal block cannot be
commoned with adjacent jumpers!
Accessories Series 280 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-354 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-354 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-355 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-355 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Accessories Series 280
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
280-415 100 (4 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
280-402 200 (8 x 25)
grey
yellow-green 280-422 200 (8 x 25)
IN see page 3.38
Alternate jumper, insulated
280-409 100 (4 x 25)
grey
IN see page 3.34
Staggered jumper ➋, insulated, width 5 mm /0.197 in
from 1 to 2 780-452 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 3 780-453 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 4 780-454 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 5 780-455 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 8 780-458 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
➋ Using staggered jumpers, the maximum rated voltage is reduced to 275 V.
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
4 Double Potential Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm2 /AWG 12,
3
Series 280
19
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
20 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
0.2 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
22 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
*4
mm /
<_ 28
1.10 in _>
*4
Application notes
(
___ 42.5 mm/1.67 in ___
)
<___________ 75 mm /2.95 in ___________>
Item No.
3
<__________ 73 mm /2.87 in __________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double potential terminal block, with double
marker receptacle in the center of the terminal block
light grey
280-995
100
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double potential terminal block, with double
marker receptacle in the center of the terminal block
light grey
280-989
100
Attention! These double potential terminal block
cannot be commoned with adjacent jumpers!
Attention! These double potential terminal block
cannot be commoned with adjacent jumpers!
Terminal blocks marking directly on the terminal block
either with WSB or WMB markers.
Accessories Series 280 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-352 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 280-364 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-353 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 280-365 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Accessories Series 280
Appropriate marking system
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
280-415 100 (4 x 25)
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
3 4 Miniature Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor
Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm2 /AWG 12 for DIN 35 Rail, Series 264
0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
2 x 0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ 2 x AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
Application notes
*4
mm / >
<
___ 24.5
0.96 in ___
mm / >
<
___ 24.5
0.96 in ___
20
<____ 38 mm /1.5 in ____>
<____ 38 mm /1.5 in ____>
Commoning with a jumper bar
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
light grey
264-125
100
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
light grey
264-225
100
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block,
for DIN 35 rail
green-yellow
264-737/999-950
100
Ex e/Ex i end stop
Please note:
When using Ex e/Ex i terminal strips, end stops
must be mounted at the extremities of the strip.
Accessories Series item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 4 mm /0.157 in thick
light grey 264-370 25
End and intermediate plate, 4 mm /0.157 in thick
light grey 264-370 25
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
4 mm /0.157 in thick, orange
66 mm wide 264-367 25
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
4 mm /0.157 in thick, orange
66 mm wide 264-367 25
Accessories Series 264
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Comb type jumper bar, insulated, IN 16 A, grey
2-way
264-402 200 (8 x 25)
reduce wire
to 1.5 mm2/AWG 16 max.
Operating tool, insulated,
for comp type jumper bar
2-way
280-432 1
Alternate comb type jumper bar, insulated,
IN = IN of terminal block
for 2-conductor terminal blocks
2-way
281-492 100 (4 x 25)
for 4-conductor terminal blocks
2-way
280-492 200 (8 x 25)
Carrier rail DIN 35, 35 x 7.5 mm/1.38 x 0.30 in, 1.5 mm /0.059 in
Miniature WSB quick marking card ➋,
10 strips with 10 markers each,
white with black printing
see page 3.35
thick, acc. to DIN EN 60715, aluminum
2 m /6’6’’ long
unslotted
210-196
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
10
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications for
miniature terminal blocks
According to EN 50020 a minimum distance of
50 mm must be kept between live parts of Ex e
and Ex i circuits. When mounting WAGO Ex e
and Ex i rail-mounted terminal blocks together on
a common rail WAGO offers a space saving
solution to the problem by using the Exe/Ex i
separators.
The separators are snapped onto the miniature
terminal blocks and therefore cannot be removed
independently from the carrier rail.
Carrier rail DIN 35, 35 x 7.5 mm/1.38 x 0.30 in, 1mm /0.039 in
thick, acc. to DIN EN 60715, steel, zinc
plated a. yellow chromated, 2 m /6’6’’ long
slotted
210-112
10
Carrier rail DIN 35, 35 x 7.5 mm/1.38 x 0.30 in, 1mm /0.039 in
thick, acc. to DIN EN 60715, steel, zinc
plated a. yellow chromated, 2 m /6’6’’ long
unslotted
210-113
10
3
(Earth) Conductor
4 Miniature Through/Ground
2
Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm for DIN 15 Rail, Series 264
0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
2 x 0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ 2 x AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Application notes
*4
mm /
<_ 24.5
0.96 in _>
mm /
<__ 24.5
0.96 in __>
*4
21
<__ 32 mm /1.26 in __>
3
<__ 32 mm /1.26 in __>
Snapping a terminal block onto the rail
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block, for DIN 15 rail
light grey
264-120
100
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
4-conductor through terminal block, for DIN 15 rail
light grey
264-220
100
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block,
for DIN 15 rail
green-yellow
264-727/999-950
100
Quick assembly keys prevent reverse mounting
Accessories Series 264 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 4 mm /0.157 in thick
light grey 264-370 25
End and intermediate plate, 4 mm /0.157 in thick
light grey 264-370 25
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
4 mm /0.157 in thick, orange
66 mm wide 264-367 25
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
4 mm /0.157 in thick, orange
66 mm wide 264-367 25
Removal from the assembly
Accessories Series 264
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Comb type jumper bar, insulated, IN 16 A, grey
2-way
264-402 200 (8 x 25)
reduce wire
to 1.5 mm2/AWG 16 max.
Operating tool, insulated,
for comp type jumper bar
2-way
280-432 1
Alternate comb type jumper bar, insulated,
IN = IN of terminal block
for 2-conductor terminal blocks
2-way
281-492 100 (4 x 25)
for 4-conductor terminal blocks
2-way
280-492 200 (8 x 25)
Carrier rail DIN 35, 35 x 7.5 mm/1.38 x 0.30 in, 1.5 mm /0.059 in
Miniature WSB quick marking card ➋,
10 strips with 10 markers each,
white with black printing
see page 3.35
thick, acc. to DIN EN 60715, aluminum
2 m /6’6’’ long
unslotted
210-196
10
Carrier rail DIN 35, 35 x 7.5 mm/1.38 x 0.30 in, 1mm /0.039 in
thick, acc. to DIN EN 60715, steel, zinc
plated a. yellow chromated, 2 m /6’6’’ long
slotted
210-112
10
Carrier rail DIN 35, 35 x 7.5 mm/1.38 x 0.30 in, 1mm /0.039 in
thick, acc. to DIN EN 60715, steel, zinc
plated a. yellow chromated, 2 m /6’6’’ long
unslotted
210-113
10
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
➋ For marking possibilities see Full Line Catalog W4,
volume 1, section 14.
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
3 4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 4 mm /AWG 12,
2
Series 281
0.2 – 4 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
*4
*4
mm /
<__ 29
1.14 in __>
*4
<
_ 36 mm /1.42 in >
_
<_____ 59 mm /2.32 in _____>
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
281-992
light grey
0.2 – 4 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
mm /
<__ 29
1.14 in __>
0.2 – 4 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
mm / >
<_
_ 29
1.14 in __
22
<_ 37 mm /1.46 in _>
<_________ 73.5 mm /2.89 in _________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
3-conductor through terminal block
281-993
light grey
100
<____ 50 mm /1.97 in ____>
<_____________ 86 mm /3.39 in _____________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
Item No.
4-conductor through terminal block
281-994
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
281-687/999-950
100
green-yellow
4-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
281-657/999-950
100
green-yellow
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 281-349 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 281-355 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 281-345 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 281-350 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 281-356 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 281-347 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
90 mm wide 209-190 50 (2 x 25)
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
281-907/999-950
100
green-yellow
Accessories Series 281 item-specific
Accessories Series 281
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
281-415 100 (4 x 25)
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
281-402 200 (8 x 25)
grey
yellowgreen 281-422 200 (8 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Alternate jumper, insulated
281-409 100 (4 x 25)
grey
IN see page 3.34
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Staggered jumper ➋, insulated, width 5 mm /0.197 in
from 1 to 2 781-452 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 3 781-453 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 4 781-454 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 5 781-455 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 8 781-458 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
3
23
0.2 – 4 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
0.2 – 4 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 – 12 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
*4
mm /
<__ 29
1.14 in __>
mm /
<____ 37
1.46 in ____>
*4
Application notes
<_____ 53 mm /2.09 in _____>
3
<_______ 61.5 mm /2.42 in _______>
Removal from the carrier rail
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
281-691
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
3-conductor through terminal block
281-998
light grey
100
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
281-607/999-950
100
green-yellow
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
281-637/999-950
100
green-yellow
If it is required to use standard carrier rails as
ground (earth) conductor busbars please refer to
the maximum current capacities listed below.
Carrier rail
Item
No.
DIN 35 x 7.5 (steel)
slotted
unslotted
DIN 35 x 15 (steel)
1.5 mm/0.059 in thick
2.3 mm/0.091 in thick
Accessories Series 281 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 3 mm/0.118 in thick
light grey 281-353 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 281-357 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 281-354 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 281-358 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
90 mm wide 209-190 50 (2 x 25)
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
Accessories Series 281
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
281-415 100 (4 x 25)
76
76
16/6
16/6
210-114 125
210-118 125
35/2
35/2
DIN 35 x 7,5 (Alu)
unslotted
210-196 76
DIN 35 x 15 (Cu)
2.3 mm/0.091 in thick 210-198 309
➌ applies to rails of 1 m/3'3" length
16/6
150/6/0
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
Screwless end stop
210-112
210-113
Current ➌ acc. to
[A] mm2/AWG Cu
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
281-402 200 (8 x 25)
grey
yellowgreen 281-422 200 (8 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Alternate jumper, insulated
281-409 100 (4 x 25)
grey
IN see page 3.34
Staggered jumper ➋, insulated, width 5 mm /0.197 in
from 1 to 2 781-452 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 3 781-453 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 4 781-454 100 (4 x 25)
from 1 to 5 781-455 50 (2 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 8 781-458 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
➋ Using staggered jumpers, the maximum rated voltage is reduced to 275 V.
3 4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 6 mm /AWG 10,
2
Series 282
0.5 – 6 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 10 ➊
550 V
39 A
Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in
L 12 – 13 mm / 0.49 in
*4
*4
mm /
<_ 32.5
1.28 in _>
*4
0.5 – 6 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 10 ➊
550 V
39 A
Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in
L 12 – 13 mm / 0.49 in
<
__ 45.5 mm /1.79 in _>
<________ 74.5 mm /2.93 in ________>
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
282-992
light grey
mm /
<___ 31.5
1.24 in __>
0.5 – 6 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 10 ➊
550 V
39 A
Terminal block width 8 mm / 0.315 in
L 12 – 13 mm / 0.49 in
mm /
<_ 32.5
1.28 in _>
24
<__ 45.5 mm /1.79 in __>
<______________ 93 mm /3.66 in ______________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
3-conductor through terminal block
282-993
light grey
50
<______ 62 mm /2.44 in ______>
Pack.-unit
pcs
25
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block
282-691
light grey
50
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
282-687/999-950
25
green-yellow
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
282-607/999-950
50
green-yellow
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 282-330 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 282-341 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 4 mm/0.157 in thick
light grey 282-318 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 282-331 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 282-342 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 282-338 100 (4 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
90 mm wide 209-190 50 (2 x 25)
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
Separator for Ex e/Ex i applications,
3 mm/0.118 in thick, orange
90 mm wide 209-190 50 (2 x 25)
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
282-907/999-950
50
green-yellow
Accessories Series 282 item-specific
Accessories Series 282
120 mm wide 209-191 50 (2 x 25)
Appropriate marking system
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
282-402 100 (4 x 25)
grey
yellowgreen 282-422 100 (4 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
282-415 100 (4 x 25)
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
Alternate jumper, insulated
grey
282-409 100 (4 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 10 mm2/AWG 8,
3
Series 284
25
0.5 – 10 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 8 ➊
550 V
53 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 12 – 13 mm / 0.49 in
0.5 – 10 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 8 ➊
550 V
53 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 12 – 13 mm / 0.49 in
*4
*4
<_ 46.5 mm /1.83 in _>
<__________ 78 mm /3.07 in __________>
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
284-992
light grey
mm /
<__ 33.5
1.32 in _>
mm /
<___ 35
1.38 in ___>
mm / >
<___ 35
_
1.38 in ___
*4
0.5 – 10 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 8 ➊
550 V
53 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 12 – 13 mm / 0.49 in
<_ 46.5 mm /1.83 in _>
<______________ 97.5 mm /3.84 in ______________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
3-conductor through terminal block
284-993
light grey
50
<_______ 69 mm /2.72 in _______>
Pack.-unit
pcs
25
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block
284-691
light grey
50
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
284-687/999-950
25
green-yellow
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
284-607/999-950
50
green-yellow
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 284-330 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 284-341 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 284-318 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 284-331 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 284-342 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 284-338 100 (4 x 25)
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
284-907/999-950
50
green-yellow
Accessories Series 284 item-specific
Accessories Series 282
Appropriate marking system
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
284-402 100 (4 x 25)
grey
yellowgreen 284-422 100 (4 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Alternate jumper, insulated
grey
284-409 100 (4 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
284-415 100 (4 x 25)
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
3
3 4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 16 mm /AWG 6,
2
Series 283
0.5 – 16 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 6 ➊
550 V
68 A
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 16 – 17 mm / 0.65 in
*4
0.5 – 16 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 6 ➊
550 V
72 A
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 16 – 17 mm / 0.65 in
*4
*4
<___ 54.5 mm /2.15 in ___>
<_____________ 94.5 mm /3.72 in _____________>
Item No.
2-conductor through terminal block
283-992
light grey
mm / >
<_
__ 37.5
1.48 in ___
mm / >
<_
__ 37.5
1.48 in ___
0.5 – 16 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 6 ➊
550 V
68 A
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 16 – 17 mm / 0.65 in
mm / >
<_
__ 37.5
1.48 in ___
26
<___ 54.5 mm /2.15 in ___>
<_______________ 104.5 mm /4.11 in _______________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
3-conductor through terminal block
283-998
light grey
20
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
283-907/999-950
20
green-yellow
<___________ 80 mm /3.15 in ___________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
20
3-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
283-677/999-950
20
green-yellow
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block
283-691
light grey
25
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
283-607/999-950
25
green-yellow
Attention! These terminal blocks cannot be
commoned with adjacent jumpers!
Accessories Series 283 item-specific
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 283-330 50 (2 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2.5 mm/0.098 in thick
light grey 283-354 50 (2 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 4 mm/0.157 in thick
light grey 283-318 50 (2 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 283-331 50 (2 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 283-355 50 (2 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
light grey 283-338 50 (2 x 25)
Accessories Series 283
Appropriate marking system
Screwless end stop
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
WMB/WSB/WFB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated
283-402 50 (2 x 25)
grey
yellowgreen 283-422 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Alternate jumper, insulated
grey
283-409 50 (2 x 25)
IN see page 3.34
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
283-415 50 (2 x 25)
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For
types of wires and wire preparation see section 2
"General Technical Information for Electrical
Equipment".
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 35 mm2/AWG 2,
Series 285
27
bei 35 mm „m“]
6 – 25 mm2
AWG 8 – 2
6AWG
– 358mm
–42
1000 V/8 kV/3 ➊
600
V, 115
A in
Terminal
block
width
16 mm
/ 0.63
125 A
L 23 mm / 0.91 in [16 mm/0.632 in
mm in
„m“]
Terminal block width 16 mmbei
/ 35
0.63
*4
mm /
<___ 53
2.09 in ___>
<_______ 100 mm /3.94 in ________>
Item No.
3
<_______ 100 mm /3.94 in ________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block
with integrated end plate
light grey
285-992
Application notes
mm /
<___ 53
2.09 in ___>
6 – 35 mm2
AWG 8 – 2
750 V/8 kV/3
600 V, 115 A U
85 A
600 V, 140 A 2
Terminal block width 16 mm / 0.63 in
L 23 mm / 0.91 in [16 mm/0.632 in
*4
3
15
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
with integrated end plate
green-yellow
285-637/999-950
15
not to be used on DIN 35 x 7.5 rail
Connection of conductor 35 mm2/AWG 2
Accessories Series 285
Adjacent jumper, insulated, I N 85 A
grey
285-435 50 (2 x 25)
Step-down jumper, insulated, I N 85 A
grey
283-414 50 (2 x 25)
Screwless end stop
Protective warning marker, with high voltage symbol,
for 5 terminal blocks
yellow
285-415 50 (2 x 25)
6 mm wide 249-116 100 (4 x 25)
10 mm wide 249-117 50 (2 x 25)
Finger guard cover, serves as touchproof protection
for unused clamping units
yellow
285-401 100 (4 x 25)
Protective warning markers in operating slots
Appropriate marking system
WMB/WSB or Mini-WSB (see page 3.35)
Commoning of a series 285 terminal block (35 mm2/AWG 2)
with a series 281 terminal block (4 mm2/AWG 12) using
step-down jumper 283-414
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
Finger guard cover snapped into unused clamping unit
Terminal blocks of series 285 can be commoned
with terminal blocks of series 283:
285-635 and 285-634 with
283-601 and 283-604 resp.
jumper required: 285-435.
Please note that the nominal current of the
adjacent jumper should not exceed 63 A.
3
28
95 mm2/AWG 4/0 Rail-Mounted High Current Terminal Blocks . . .
with POWER CLAMP Connection, Series 285
Wire connection
Counter-clockwise rotation using a hex wrench.
Hold clamp in open position using the latch.
Commoning
Testing
Commoning with adjacent jumper. Insertion of jumper above the conductor entry hole, without tools.
Rated cross section is still 95 mm2/AWG 0000.
Testing with test plug 4 mm /0.157 in diameter,
protected against accidental contact.
Assembly
Removal
Snapping a terminal block onto the carrier rail.
From the left or from the right.
Removing a terminal block from the carrier rail.
To the left or to the right.
Wire connection
Introduce stripped wire into the clamping unit up to
the stop and hold it in position . . .
Wire connection
. . . A small counter-clockwise rotation releases the
latch ➊. Once the operating tool ➋ has been
removed the conductor is safely clamped.
The POWER CLAMP
connection clamps the
following copper wires:*
solid
* For aluminum wire see notes in Full Line Catalog W4, volume 1, section 15!
stranded
fine-stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
. . . Description and Handling
3
29
Safety notices
Bend the conductor before stripping!
Wire end has to be straight!
Note: Stripped length 35 mm
✗
Attention! Health hazard!
Keep your fingers out of the conductor entry hole!
Protective warning marker may indicate:
Attention! Voltage may be present despite main
circuit being switched off!
Grounding foot
Contact pressure is distributed symmetrically on all
defined contact zones.
Short circuit currents of more than 11, 400 A per
second are grounded safely.
Ground (earth) conductor
terminal blocks
Firmly snap ground (earth) conductor terminal
block onto the carrier rail. The grounding foot
makes an automatic contact to the rail.
Voltage tap
Touch protection cover
Reliable and simple tap directly onto the power supply. Insert the unwired tap before opening the
pressure spring.
Covers provide touchproof safety by closing unused clamping units and jumper contact slots
(detach the cover of the jumper contact slot from
the touch protection cover of the clamping unit)
fine-stranded,
with crimped ferrule
(gas tight)
3
3 4 High Current Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 95 mm /AWG 4/0,
2
Series 285
AWG 4 – 4/0
25 – 95 mm2
750 V/8 kV/3
600 V, 200 A U
195 A
600 V, 210 A 2
Terminal block width 25 mm / 0.98 in
L 35 mm / 1.38 in
70 mm2
AWG 2 – 0/0
Terminal block width 25 mm / 0.98 in
L 35 mm / 1.38 in
0.2 – 10/16 mm2 ➊
AWG 24 - 6
1000 V/8 kV/3
57 A
Module width 20 mm / 0.787 in
*4
<____ 101 mm /3.98 in ____>
*4
35 –
<____ 101 mm /3.98 in ____>
30
<_____ 107 mm /4.21 in _____>
Item No.
<_____ 107 mm /4.21 in _____>
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block
285-995
light grey
5
To be used exclusively on DIN 35 x 15;
2.3 mm / 0.091 in thick
Accessories
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block
285-197/999-950
5
green-yellow
Item No.
Voltage tap,
grey
5
To be used exclusively on DIN 35 x 15;
2.3 mm / 0.091 in thick, Cu
Appropriate marking system
WSB (see page 3.35)
Adjacent jumper, insulated,
I N 215 A for 1 jumper
I N 192 A for 2 to 4 jumpers
grey
285-495 25
Hex wrench with partially insulated shaft
285-172 1
Adjacent jumper, insulated,
I N 215 A for 1 jumper
I N 192 A for 2 to 4 jumpers
grey
285-495 25
Hex wrench with partially insulated shaft
285-172 1
Protective warning marker,
with high voltage symbol, black
yellow
285-170 50 (2 x 25)
Protective warning marker,
with high voltage symbol, black
yellow
285-170 50 (2 x 25)
Touch protection cover, serves as touchproof protection for unused clamping units
yellow
285-169 25
Touch protection cover, serves as touchproof protection for unused clamping units
yellow
285-169 25
Test plug, Ø 4 mm /0.157 in, protected against accidental
contact, not offered by WAGO
e. g. Fa. Multi-Contact Deutschland GmbH
Postfach 16 06 · 79551 Weil am Rhein
Hegenheimerstraße 19 · 79576 Weil am Rhein
Test plug, Ø 4 mm /0.157 in, protected against accidental
contact, not offered by WAGO
e. g. Fa. Multi-Contact Deutschland GmbH
Postfach 16 06 · 79551 Weil am Rhein
Hegenheimerstraße 19 · 79576 Weil am Rhein
Appropriate marking system
➊
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
285-407
Pack.-unit
pcs
WMB/WSB (s. page 3.35)
max. conductor cross section 16 mm2
3
Maximum Rated Voltages for 4 Applications
31
for WAGO rail-mounted terminal blocks and modular terminal blocks acc. to IEC/EN 60079-7
3
Series
Type of terminal block
2000 TOPJOB®S
279
280
285
264
870
2001
2002
2004
2006
2010
2016
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
279-992
279-993
279-994
279-990
279-995
279-998
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
280
281
282
283
284
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
550 V
285-691
285-992
285-995
750 V
750 V
750 V
264-120
264-220
264-125
264-225
750 V
750 V
750 V
750 V
870-909
870-961
870-951
870-919
420 V
420 V
420 V
420 V
Rail-mounted terminal blocks with higher rated voltages upon request
4 Through/Ground (Earth) Conductor Terminal Blocks 2.52 mm2/42 mm2/AWG 12
3 4 Double Deck and Triple Deck Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm /4 mm /AWG 12
for DIN 35 Rail, Series 870
*4
0.2–2.5 mm2/4 mm2“f-st“ ➊ AWG 28 – 12
440 V ➋
18 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 6 – 7 mm / 0.26 in
*4
0.2–2.5 mm2/4 mm2“f-st“ ➊ AWG 28 – 12
440 V ➋
18 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 6 – 7 mm / 0.26 in
*4
<_ 52.5 mm /2.07 in _>
0.2–2.5 mm2/4 mm2“f-st“ ➊ AWG 28 – 12
440 V ➋
22 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 6 – 7 mm / 0.26 in
mm /
<__ 40
1.57 in __>
mm / >
<_
_ 33.5
1.32 in __
mm /
< 27.5
1.08 in >
32
<__ 44.5 mm /1.75 in __>
<______ 70 mm /2.76 in ______>
<_____________ 106 mm /4.17 in ______________>
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
light grey
870-909
100
Pack.-unit
pcs
Double deck terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
Through/through terminal block
Housing color light grey
L /L
870-961
50
Pack.-unit
pcs
Triple deck terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
Through/through/through terminal block,
Housing color light grey
L /L /L
870-951
50
2-conductor ground (earth) terminal block,
for DIN 35 rail
green-yellow
870-907/999-950
100
Ground (earth)/through terminal block,
Housing color light grey
Green-yellow printing on bottom deck
PE/L
870-967/999-950
Ground (earth)/through/through terminal block,
Housing color light grey
Green-yellow printing on bottom deck
PE/L /L
870-957/999-950 50
Item No.
Item No.
50
Item No.
Attention! These ground (earth) conductor terminal
blocks cannot be commoned!
Accessories
Appropriate marking system
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
orange
870-924 100 (4 x 25)
grey
870-923 100 (4 x 25)
light grey 870-925 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
green-yellow 870-926 100 (4 x 25)
WMB/Mini-WSB (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
orange
870-519 100 (4 x 25)
grey
870-518 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
orange
870-569 100 (4 x 25)
grey
870-568 100 (4 x 25)
Insulation stop ➍, 5 pcs /strip
white
280-470 200 strips
light grey 280-471 200 strips
dark grey 280-472 200 strips
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
2-way
870-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way
870-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way
870-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way
870-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way
870-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
from 1 to 3 870-433 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 4 870-434 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 5 870-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 10 870-440 100 (4 x 25)
Insulation stop ➍, 5 pcs /strip
white
280-470 200 strips
light grey 280-471 200 strips
dark grey 280-472 200 strips
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
2-way
870-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way
870-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way
870-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way
870-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way
870-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
from 1 to 3 870-433 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 4 870-434 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 5 870-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 10 870-440 100 (4 x 25)
Insulation stop ➍, 5 pcs /strip
white
280-470 200 strips
light grey 280-471 200 strips
dark grey 280-472 200 strips
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
2-way
870-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way
870-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way
870-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way
870-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way
870-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
from 1 to 3 870-433 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 4 870-434 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 5 870-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 10 870-440 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, transparent, for central marking
1 m /3’33’’ long;
7.5 mm /0.295 in wide
– group marking –
plain
709-196 1
Marker strips, transparent, for central marking
1 m /3’33’’ long;
7.5 mm /0.295 in wide
– group marking –
plain
709-196 1
Marker strips, transparent, for central marking
1 m /3’33’’ long;
7.5 mm /0.295 in wide
– group marking –
plain
709-196 1
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
orange
870-929 100 (4 x 25)
grey
870-928 100 (4 x 25)
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
4 Through Terminal Blocks 2.5 mm2/4 mm2/AWG 12 for DIN 35 Rail,
Series 870
3
33
0.2–2.5 mm2/4 mm2“f-st“ ➊ AWG 28 – 12
440 V ➋
22 A
Terminal block width 5 mm / 0.197 in
L 6 – 7 mm / 0.26 in
*P
In order to meet the air and creepage distances
specified for Ex e applications, it is necessary to
insert an end or intermediate plate between a
through and a ground (earth) conductor terminal
block.
mm /
< 26.5
1.04 in >
mm / >
<_
_ 33.5
1.32 in __
End plates 870-923 (grey), 870-924 (orange)
and 870-925 (light grey) as well as separators
870-928 (grey) and 870-929 (orange) cannot
be assembled to 2-conductor earth Ex terminal
blocks 870-907/999-950.
( 34.5 mm /1.36 in )
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor through terminal block, for DIN 35 rail
light grey
870-919
100
Accessories
Appropriate marking system
WMB/Mini-WSB (see page 3.35)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
orange
870-924 100 (4 x 25)
grey
870-923 100 (4 x 25)
light grey 870-925 100 (4 x 25)
End and intermediate plate, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
green-yellow 870-926 100 (4 x 25)
Separator, oversized, 2 mm /0.079 in thick
orange
870-929 100 (4 x 25)
grey
870-928 100 (4 x 25)
Insulation stop ➍, 5 pcs /strip
white
280-470 200 strips
light grey 280-471 200 strips
dark grey 280-472 200 strips
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
2-way
870-402 200 (8 x 25)
3-way
870-403 200 (8 x 25)
4-way
870-404 200 (8 x 25)
5-way
870-405 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
10-way
870-410 100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bars, light grey, insulated,
IN 13,5 A
from 1 to 3 870-433 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 4 870-434 200 (8 x 25)
from 1 to 5 870-435 100 (4 x 25)
:
:
from 1 to 10 870-440 100 (4 x 25)
Marker strips, transparent, for central marking
1 m /3’33’’ long;
7.5 mm /0.295 in wide
– Gruppenbeschriftung –
plain
709-196 1
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
➊ Max. diameter of insulation 4.4 mm /0.173 in
➋ Voltage limitation of 275 V for inserted jumpers
(valid for double and triple deck terminal blocks).
➌ Please refer to the application notes in Full Line
Catalog W4, volume 1, page 2.43
3
3
34
Admissible Current Carrying Capacities for 4 Applications
for
Adjacent jumpers
Series
Alternate jumpers
Staggered jumpers
279
280
281
282
284
283
15 A
23 A
30 A
35 A
53 A
63 A
23 A
30 A
35 A
53 A
63 A
22 A
30 A
35 A
53 A
23 A
30 A
15 A
20 A
30 A
15 A
22 A
285
2 conductors
2 conductors
15 A
3 conductors
3 conductors
4 conductors
4 conductors
85 A
2 conductors
3
Marking Accessories
WAGO Quick marking systems
Miniature WSB and WSB
35
WAGO Multi marking system WMB
WAGO group marker carriers
for use in miniature WSB and WSB marker
receptacle profile of the terminal block
10 strips with 10 markers for each card
5 cards per packing unit
10 strips with 10 markers for each card
5 cards per packing unit
➊
➋
➌
➍
Marking
per card
Item No.
Item No.
Item No.
Item No.
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Mini-WSB
for series
264, 869,
870
248-501
plain
1 . . . 10 (10x)
248-502
11 . . . 20 (10x)
248-503
21 . . . 30 (10x)
248-504
31 . . . 40 (10x)
248-505
41 . . . 50 (10x)
248-506
1 . . . 9 (10x)
248-565
10, 20 . . . 50 (20x) 248-553
WSB
for term. block width
4 mm
≥ 5 mm
WMB
for terminal block width
4 /4.2 mm
5 / 5.2 mm
209-701
209-702
209-703
209-704
209-705
209-706
209-765
209-753
209-501
209-502
209-503
209-504
209-505
209-506
209-565
209-553
793-4501
793-4502
793-4503
793-4504
793-4505
793-4506
793-4565
793-4553
793-5501
793-5502
793-5503
793-5504
793-5505
793-5506
793-5565
793-5553
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
1 . . . 50 (2x)
51 . . . 100 (2x)
101 . . . 150 (2x)
151 . . . 200 (2x)
209-766
209-707
209-708
209-709
209-566
209-507
209-508
209-509
793-4566
793-4507
793-4508
793-4509
793-5566
793-5507
793-5508
793-5509
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
209-544
793-4544
793-5544
5 cards
209-545
793-4545
793-5545
5 cards
248-566
248-507
248-508
248-509
R, S, T, U, V, W,
248-544 209-744
X, Y, Z, MP
A, B, P, N, PE,
PEN, L1, L2, L3, 3 248-545 209-745
(10 strips each with same numbers)
➎
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Adjustable height group marker carrier,
for end stops 249-116 and 249-117 (see picture below)
for 1 marker card or self-adhesive label and transparent cover protection
50 (2 x 25)
249-119 ➊
for 2 WSB Quick markers each or
1 x continuous marking strip
100 (4 x 25)
249-118 ➋
Group marker carrier, for up to 3 WMB markers,
15 mm/0.591 in wide
209-140 ➌
50
Group marker carrier, for snapping into screwless end
stops, 10 mm/0.394 in wide
209-112 ➍
50
Marker card, from white cardboard,
for self-marking, 100 markers per sheet
209-113 ➎
1 sheet
Protection cover, transparent
209-114 ➏
50
WSB marker receptacle
➌
All markings stated above are also available with black
printing on coloured marker cards.
Additional item numbers for colored marker cards
yellow
. . ./000-002
red
. . ./000-005
blue
. . ./000-006
grey
. . ./000-007
orange
. . ./000-012
light green
. . ./000-017
green
. . ./000-023
violet
. . ./000-024
WMB
Miniature WSB marker receptacle
Miniature WSB
WMB
➋
60 mm / __________>
<__________ up to
2.36 in
WSB
➏
3
4 4 Modular Terminal Blocks and Terminal Strips
0
– Product Summary –
Series 264
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips with fixing flanges or snap-in mounting feet
with fixing flanges
mm2/AWG 2.5/14
Page
4.3
2- and 4-conductor terminal blocks
mm2/AWG 2.5/14
Page
4.4 – 4.5
Series 262
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips with fixing flanges or snap-in mounting feet
2-conductor modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
mm2/AWG
4/12
Page
4.6 – 4.7
Series 236
with snap-in mounting feet
mm2/AWG 2.5/14
Page
4.3
4-conductor modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
mm2/AWG
4/12
Page
4.6 – 4.7
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips without push buttons
Pin spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm and 10/10.16 mm
mm2/AWG 2.5/14
Page
4.14 – 4.15
Series 255 – 257
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips with push buttons
Series 255
Series 256
mm2/AWG 2.5/14
Page
4.16 – 4.17
Series 255 – 257
Series 255
Series 257
Pin spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm and 10/10.16 mm
mm2/AWG 2.5/14
Page
4.18 – 4.19
mm2/AWG
2.5/14
Page
4.20 – 4.21
Terminal strips with finger operated levers
Series 256
Pin spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm and 10/10.16 mm
Page 4.22
Series 257
4 Push-Wire Connectors for Junction Boxes and Terminal Strips
4
1
Series 773
Push-wire connectors for junction boxes
Page 4.24
Series 773
Mounting carrier
4
Page 4.25
Series 862
4-conductor terminal strips
Pages 4.10 – 4.11
4
2
4 Terminal Blocks and Terminal Strips, Series 262 and 264
Description and Handling
CAGE CLAMP ® connection
Connection of conductors – front-entry
Series 264
CAGE CLAMP ® connection
Connection of conductors –
Side-entry wiring, Series 262
Commoning
Commoning with a jumper bar
Commoning
Marking
Commoning with jumper bar
Marking with customized direct printing
CAGE CLAMP ®
connects the following
copper wires: *
solid
* Areas without aggressive air conditions
stranded
fine stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
4 Terminal Strips with Fixing Flanges or Snap-in Mounting Feet,
4
Series 264
3
0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Pole width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
2 x 0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ 2 x AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Pole width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
*4
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For types of
wires and wire preparation see section 2 "General
Technical Information for Electrical Equipment".
➋ For longer strips, please contact factory.
Description
Terminal strips with fixing flanges,
for screw fixing or similar methods,
fixing hole diameter 3.2 mm
Terminal strips with snap-in mounting feet,
for plate thickness 0.6 – 1.2 mm,
fixing hole diameter 3.5 mm
(also fits aluminum rail 210-154
see page 4.5)
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
2-conductor terminal strips with fixing flanges,
light grey
2
264-132
100
3
264-133
100
4
264-134
100
5
264-135
100
6
264-136
50
7
264-137
50
8
264-138
50
9
264-139
50
10
264-140
25
11
264-141
25
264-142
25
12 ➋
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
4-conductor terminal strips with fixing flanges,
light grey
2
264-232
100
3
264-233
100
4
264-234
100
5
264-235
100
6
264-236
50
7
264-237
50
8
264-238
50
9
264-239
50
10
264-240
25
11
264-241
25
264-242
25
12 ➋
2-conductor terminal strips with snap-in mounting
light grey
2
264-182
100
3
264-183
100
4
264-184
100
5
264-185
100
6
264-186
50
7
264-187
50
8
264-188
50
9
264-189
50
10
264-190
25
11
264-191
25
264-192
25
12 ➋
4-conductor terminal strips with snap-in mounting
light grey
2
264-282
100
3
264-283
100
4
264-284
100
5
264-285
100
6
264-286
50
7
264-287
50
8
264-288
50
9
264-289
50
10
264-290
25
11
264-291
25
264-292
25
12 ➋
4
Dimensions for modular terminal blocks and terminal strips (in mm)
>
3,6
< 22,1 >
(_12_)
3,6
> <
4,5
__>
3
5
> <
>
<
> <
< 22,1>
(15,8)
< 22,1>
(15,8)
> <
<
> <
4,5
__>
<__________ L__________>
4
10
3
<
<___32 ___>
>
>
<__________ L__________>
4
6
3
> <
<
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
6
<__________ L1 __________>
<____________ L2 ____________>
>
<
<
< 22,1 >
(_12_)
>
<___32 ___>
<
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
with snap-in mounting feet
4 <________ L________> 3
10
__> <
6
<__________ L1 __________>
<____________ L2 ____________>
L = (No. of poles x pole width) + 7 mm
<
<___32 ___>
__> <
L = No. of poles x pole width
L 1 = L + 9.6 mm
L 2 = L + 16 mm
4 <________ L________> 3
6
>
<___32 ___>
>
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
with fixing flanges
4 4 Modular Terminal Blocks with Fixing Flange,
Series 264
0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Term. bl. width 6 (10) mm / 0.236 (0.394) in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Term. bl. width 6 (10) mm / 0.236 (0.394) in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
Please find modular terminal blocks with fixing flange
and center terminal blocks for Ex i applications on page
5.2.
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For types of
wires and wire preparation see section 2 "General
Technical Information for Electrical Equipment".
➋ Please find all marking related item nos. in Full Line
Catalog W4, Volume 1, Section 14.
Direct printing of fully assembled terminal strips upon
request.
Color
Description
Center terminal blocks, used
between end terminal block and
end plate with fixing flanges.
(see also application notes)
End terminal blocks with
fixing flange, for screw fixing
or similar methods, fixing hole
diameter 3.2 mm.
(see also application notes)
Item
No.
2-conductor center terminal blocks
6 mm /0.236 in wide
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
100
264-131
4-conductor center terminal blocks
10 mm /0.394 in wide
light grey
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
2-conductor end term. blocks with fixing flange
6 mm /0.236 in wide
light grey
264-130
100
4-conductor end term. blocks with fixing flange
10 mm /0.394 in wide
100
264-231
Color
light grey
264-230
100
4 mm/0.157 in thick
light grey
264-363
25
Accessories for modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
End plate with fixing flange
Comb type jumper bar,
2-way, insulated
Alternate comb type
jumper bar, insulated,
I N = I N of terminal block
Operating tool,
insulated
Miniature WSB Quick marker
card, 10 strips with 10 markers
each, white with black printing
4 mm/0.157 in thick
light grey
264-363
25
IN 16 A
grey
264-402
reduce wire to 1.5 mm2/AWG 16 max.
2-way
for 4-cond. term. bl. 280-492
for 2-cond. term. bl. 281-492
2-way
280-432
for 2-cond. term. bl. 248-5 . . ➋
for 4-cond. term. bl. 264-9 . . ➋
200
200
100
IN 16 A
grey
264-402
reduce wire to 1.5 mm2/AWG 16 max.
2-way
for 4-cond. term. bl. 280-492
for 2-cond. term. bl. 281-492
1
2-way
5 cards
5 cards
for 2-cond. term. bl. 248-5 . . ➋
for 4-cond. term. bl. 264-9 . . ➋
280-432
Application notes (For dimensions see Full Line Catalog W 4, Volume 1, Section 10)
Complete Ex e II terminal strip assembly with fixing flanges, consisting of:
End plate with fixing flange
Center terminal blocks
End terminal block with fixing flange
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
⎧
⎪
⎪
⎨
⎪
⎪⎩
4
200
200
100
1
5 cards
5 cards
4 Modular Terminal Blocks with Snap-in Mounting Foot,
4
Series 264
5
0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Terminal block width 6 mm / 0.236 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
2 x 0.5 – 2.5 mm2 ➊ 2 x AWG 20 – 12 ➊
750 V
23 A
Terminal block width 10 mm / 0.394 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
*4
Please find modular terminal blocks with snap-in mounting foot for Ex i applications on page 5.2.
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For types of
wires and wire preparation see section 2 "General
Technical Information for Electrical Equipment".
➋ Please find all marking related item nos. in Full Line
Catalog W4, Volume 1, Section 14.
Direct printing of fully assembled terminal strips upon
request.
Color
Description
Terminal blocks with snap-in
mounting foot, for plate
thickness 0.6 – 1.2 mm, fixing
hole diameter 3.5 mm
(also fits aluminum rail 210-154
or DIN 35 rail - see mounting
adapter 209-120, page 4.6)
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
2-conductor terminal blocks with snap-in
mounting foot, 6 mm /0.236 in wide
Color
light grey
light grey
264-180
100
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
4-conductor terminal blocks with snap-in
mounting foot, 10 mm /0.394 in wide
264-280
100
4 mm/0.157 in thick
light grey
264-373
25
Accessories for modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
End plate, for terminal blocks
with snap-in mounting foot
4 mm/0.157 in thick
light grey
264-373
Comb type jumper bar,
2-way, insulated
IN 16 A
grey
264-402
reduce wire to 1.5 mm2/AWG 16 max.
200
IN 16 A
grey
264-402
reduce wire to 1.5 mm2/AWG 16 max.
200
2-way
281-492
100
2-way
280-492
200
2-way
280-432
1
2-way
280-432
1
210-154
1
210-154
1
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-122
25
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-122
25
Alternate comb type
jumper bar, insulated,
I N = I N of terminal block
Operating tool,
insulated
Aluminum carrier rail,
1000 x 18 x 7 mm
3’3” x 0.709 x 0.276 in
Plastic end stop,
with WSB marking facility,
for aluminum rail 210-154
Miniature WSB Quick marker
card, 10 strips with 10 markers
each, white with black printing
248-5 . . ➋
Application notes (For dimensions see Full Line Catalog W 4, Volume 1, Section 10)
Complete terminal strip assembly with snap-in
mounting feet, consisting of:
End plate
2- or 4-conductor termnal block with
snap-in mounting foot1)
Center terminal blocks
1)
at every 4th or 5th terminal block of the strip
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
25
5 cards
264-9 . . ➋
5 cards
4
4 4 Modular Terminal Blocks with Fixing Flange or Snap-in Mounting Foot,
6
Series 262
0.5 – 4 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 12 ➊
550 V
23 A
Terminal block width 7 mm / 0.276 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
*4
2 x 0.5 – 4 mm2 ➊
2 x AWG 20 – 12 ➊
550 V
30 A
Terminal block width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
*4
Please find modular terminal blocks for Ex i applications
on page 5.2.
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For types of
wires and wire preparation see section 2 "General
Technical Information for Electrical Equipment".
Color
Description
Terminal blocks with fixing
flange, for screw fixing or similar
methods, fixing hole diameter 3.2
mm (with mounting adapter 209123 also for DIN 35 rail)
Terminal blocks with snap-in
mounting foot, for plate
thickness 0.6 – 1.2 mm, fixing hole
diameter 3.5 mm (fits aluminum
rail 210-154 or with mounting
adapter 209-120 for DIN 35 rail)
End terminal block ➌, without
fixing foot, for terminal strips with
snap-in mounting feet (see dimensioned drawings on page 4.7)
Item
No.
2-conductor terminal block
light grey
262-130
Pack.-unit
pcs
Color
100
Item
No.
4-conductor terminal block
light grey
262-230
Pack.-unit
pcs
2-conductor terminal block
light grey
262-180
100
4-conductor terminal block
light grey
262-280
100
2-conductor terminal block
light grey
262-181
100
4-conductor terminal block
light grey
262-281
100
100
Accessories for modular terminal blocks and terminal strips (For marking accessories see Full Line Catalog W4, Volume 1, Section 14.)
End plate
with fixing flange
light grey
262-363
50
light grey
262-363
50
End plate with snap-in
mounting foot
light grey
262-373
50
light grey
262-373
50
25
I N 16 A
grey
262-402
reduce wire to 2.5 mm2/AWG 14 max.
Comb type jumper bar,
insulated, 2-way
Operating tool, insulated,
for connecting the comb type
jumper bar
Aluminum carrier rail,
1000 x 18 x 7 mm
3’3” x 0.709 x 0.276 in
Plastic end stop,
with WSB marking facility,
for aluminum rail 210-154
Mounting adapter, for terminal
blocks with snap-in mounting
foot, for DIN 35 rail
Mounting adapter with
screw, for terminal blocks with
fixing flange, for DIN 35 rail
Mounting adapter
for DIN 35 rail,
can be used as end stop
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
I N 16 A
grey
262-402
reduce wire to 2.5 mm2/AWG 14 max.
2-way
209-132
1
210-154
2-way
25
209-132
1
1
210-154
1
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-122
25
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-122
25
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-120
25
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-120
25
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-123
25
6 mm /0.236 in wide
grey
209-123
25
6.5 mm /0.256 in wide
grey
209-137
25
6.5 mm /0.256 in wide
grey
209-137
25
4 Terminal Strips with Fixing Flanges or Snap-in Mounting Feet,
4
Series 262
7
0.5 – 4 mm2 ➊
AWG 20 – 12 ➊
550 V
23 A
Pole width 7 mm / 0.276 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
*4
2 x AWG 20 – 12 ➊
2 x 0.5 – 4 mm2 ➊
550 V
30 A
Pole width 12 mm / 0.472 in
L 9 – 10 mm / 0.37 in
*4
➊ Using crimped ferrules for corrosion protection, the
rated cross section is reduced by one size. For types
of wires and wire preparation see section 2 "General
Technical Information for Electrical Equipment".
➋ For longer strips, please contact factory.
Description
Terminal strips with fixing flanges,
for screw fixing or similar methods,
fixing hole diameter 3.2 mm
(with mounting adapter 209-123 also for DIN 35 rail)
Terminal strips with snap-in mounting feet,
for plate thickness 0.6 – 1.2 mm, fixing hole diameter
3.5 mm (fits aluminum rail 210-154
or with mounting adapter 209-120 for DIN 35 rail)
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
2-conductor terminal strips with fixing flanges,
light grey
2
262-132
100
3
262-133
100
4
262-134
100
5
262-135
100
6
262-136
50
7
262-137
50
8
262-138
50
9
262-139
50
10
262-140
25
11
262-141
25
262-142
25
12 ➋
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
4-conductor terminal strips with fixing flanges,
light grey
2
262-232
100
3
262-233
100
4
262-234
100
5
262-235
100
6
262-236
50
7
262-237
50
8
262-238
50
9
262-239
50
10
262-240
25
11
262-241
25
262-242
25
12 ➋
2-cond. terminal strips with snap-in mount. feet,
light grey
2
262-182
100
3
262-183
100
4
262-184
100
5
262-185
100
6
262-186
50
7
262-187
50
8
262-188
50
9
262-189
50
10
262-190
25
11
262-191
25
262-192
25
12 ➋
4-cond. terminal strips with snap-in mount. feet,
light grey
2
262-282
100
3
262-283
100
4
262-284
100
5
262-285
100
6
262-286
50
7
262-287
50
8
262-288
50
9
262-289
50
10
262-290
25
11
262-291
25
262-292
25
12 ➋
Dimensions for modular terminal blocks and terminal strips (in mm)
<__________ L__________>
2,5
> 7
__>
<__ 23 __>
__>
__>
<____________ L1 ____________>
<______________ L2 ______________>
> 4,5 <__ 23 __>
21,2
_____>
9,2
____>
>
>
>
> 4,5 <__ 23 __>
<___________ L___________>
1,4
__> (_ _) 12
3
>
>
11,2
___>
4,2
___>
<___ 33,4 ___>
> <
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
<____________ L____________>
1,4
3
__> < > 7
>
L = (No. of poles x pole width) + 4.4 mm
<___ 33,4 ___>
6
2,8
> <
>
<__ 23 __>
>
>
6
2,8
<____________ L1 ____________>
<______________ L2 ______________>
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
with snap-in mounting feet
➌ End terminal block;
see page 10.26
<__________ L__________>
2,5
> 12
__>
__>
__>
> <
>
>
<___ 33,4 ___>
>
L = No. of poles x pole width
L 1 = L + 8.1 mm
L 2 = L + 14.5 mm
<___ 33,4 ___>
> <
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
with fixing flanges
4
4
8
4 4-Conductor Device Connectors with CAGE CLAMP ®S Connection
Description and Handling – Series 862
Wire connection
4 conductors per pole
- for solid and flexible conductors
- mixed wiring with solid and flexible conductors
of different cross sections
Marking
Testing
Marking by direct printing and/or marker strips
Testing with test plug 2 mm /0.079 in Ø
Earth connection
Make an automatic contact to the mounting plate.
A varnish coating is penetrated automatically
Commoning
Commoning with comb type jumper bar
Features and advantages
This new terminal block series has been developed specifically to minimise the connection costs of electrical devices.
At the same time, the requirement for flexible assembly, for numerous electrical connection options and for easy handling were part
of the development:
● The new CAGE CLAMP®S allows the connection of up to four conductors with cross sections from 0.5 mm2 to 4 mm2.
Different cross sections can be used within one terminal block.
● For factory wiring, CAGE CLAMP®S allows the direct insertion of solid conductors or flexible conductors with
crimped ferrules or with ultrasonically bonded wire ends from 0.5 mm2 up to 4 mm2
(length of bonded wire end min. 7mm).
● Automatic grounding contact available as an option.
● Snap-in mounting feet for fast assembly.
● Push buttons for easy handling with a commercially available screwdriver or by hand.
● Direct testing with test plug 2 mm/0.079 in Ø.
● Standard marking per pole or, for large quantities, in accordance with customer’s specification.
CAGE CLAMP ® connects the following
copper wires: *
fine stranded,
also with tinned
fine-stranded wire,
fine-stranded wire
solid
stranded
single strands
tip bonded
with crimped ferrule**
* For aluminum wire see notes in Full Line Catalog W4, section 15!
** When using wires with ferrules, it is necessary to use a terminal block one size larger than the nominal cross section of the wire.
fine-stranded wire
with crimped pin terminal
4
Fixing Options
9
> 9 <
< 18 >
Ø 2_,8_
_
> <__
screw
Fixing by
3 mm Ø
and nut
from top
m
Fixing fro
lf
se
y
below b
screw
tapping
into
2.9 mm Ø
o
h using
terminal
mm Ø
screw 3
Fixing by
ssis
ad in cha
into thre
to chassis
Fixing on
rew
pping sc
by self ta
from top
2.9 mm Ø
3 mm Ø
and nut
w
re
sc
y
Fixing b
from top
4
<
> 12
>
<_ 24 _
36 ____>
<____
_>
<_ 24
fixing
_>
48 _____
<______
feet
mounting
n
-i
p
a
sn
by
Dimensions (in mm)
12
<____>
>
<
_ D1>
_
<__ D __>
< D2 <
Ferrules
Insulated ferrules
electrolytic copper,
electro-tin plated
<_
__ D __
_>
_
< D2 <
<____ L1 ____>
<___________ L __________>
<_______ L _______>
Uninsulated ferrules
electrolytic copper,
electro-tin plated
Sleeve for
mm2
AWG
0.5
22
0.75
20
1.0
18
1.5
16
0.5
0.75
1.0
1.5
22
20
18
16
6
<_
Color
white
grey
red
black
Stripped
length mm
12.0
12.0
12.0
12.0
L
L1
16.0
16.0
16.0
16.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10.0
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
10
D
mm
3.1
3.3
3.5
4.0
2.1
2.3
2.5
2.8
0,5-1,2
> <______
6 6
<><>
<
<_________ 35 ________>
<___17,5 ___>
> 4 <
<___ 21,4 ___>
>
ø 3,2
____>
ø 5,2
<___
<______________60 (5poles)______________>
<__________48 (4poles)_________>
<_____ 36 (3poles) _____>
<_24 (2poles)_>
D1
D2
Item No.
2.6
2.8
3.0
3.5
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.7
216-241
216-242
216-243
216-244
1.0
1.2
1.4
1.7
216-141
216-142
216-143
216-144
Pack.-unit
pcs
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
1000
4
10
4 4-Conductor Device Connectors, 2- and 3-Pole, 4 mm2/AWG 12
with Unique Cost-Cutting Features
Series 862
4 x 0.5 – 4 mm2
440 V
28 A
4 x AWG 20 – 12
300/600 V,
20/5 A U 2
L 10 – 11 mm / 0.41 in
4 x 0.5 – 4 mm2
440 V
28 A
4 x AWG 20 – 12
300/600 V,
20/5 A U 2
L 10 – 11 mm / 0.41 in
*4
*4
2-pole
3-pole
Available in black and white
Item No.
black
Item No.
white
Item No.
black
Item No.
white
for fixing screw 3 mm Ø or
for self tapping screw 2.9mm Ø from top
L1-N
862-1552/999-950
862-1652/999-950
500
for self tapping screw 2.9mm Ø from below
unten
L1-N
862-1562/999-950
862-1662/999-950
500
1 snap-in foot per pole
L1-N
862-1532/999-950
862-1632/999-950
500
for fixing screw 3 mm Ø or
for self tapping screw 2.9mm Ø from top
3-N-L1
862-1503/999-950
862-1603/999-950
250
1 snap-in foot per pole
3-N-L1
862-1533/999-950
862-1633/999-950
250
snap-in feet at pos. 1+ 3
3-N-L1
862-1593/999-950
862-1693/999-950
250
without ground (earth) contact
Pack.-unit
pcs
Pack.-unit
pcs
Accessories
Comb type jumper bar, can easily be inserted into the
wire entry, 32 A
862-482
5
Test plug, with cable 500 mm/1’7.7”
2 mm/0.079 in Ø, red
210-136
50 (5 x 10)
Test plug, with cable 500 mm/1’7.7”
2.3 mm/0.091 in Ø, yellow
210-137
50 (5 x 10)
Screwdriver with partially insulated shaft
(3.5 x 0.5) mm
210-620
Marker strip, white, plain, for central marking;
7.5 mm wide, on roll
50 m long
709-178
1
Marker strip, white, plain, for central marking;
7.5 mm wide, on roll
300 m long
709-188
1
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
1
4 4-Conductor Device Connectors, 4- and 5-Pole, 4 mm2/AWG 12
4
with Unique Cost-Cutting Features
Series 862
11
4 x 0.5 – 4 mm2
440 V
28 A
4 x AWG 20 – 12
300/600 V,
20/5 A U 2
L 10 – 11 mm / 0.41 in
4 x 0.5 – 4 mm2
440 V
28 A
4 x AWG 20 – 12
300/600 V,
20/5 A U 2
L 10 – 11 mm / 0.41 in
*4
*4
4-pole
5-pole
Available in black and white
Item No.
black
Item No.
white
for fixing screw 3 mm Ø or
for self tapping screw 2.9mm Ø from top
3-N-L1-L2
862-1504/999-950
862-1604/999-950
200
1 snap-in foot per pole
3-N-L1-L2
862-1534/999-950
862-1634/999-950
200
snap-in feet at pos. 1+ 4
3-N-L1-L2
862-1594/999-950
862-1694/999-950
200
without ground (earth) contact
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
black
Item No.
white
Pack.-unit
pcs
4
for fixing screw 3 mm Ø or
for self tapping screw 2.9mm Ø from top
3-N-L1-L2-L3
862-1505/999-950
862-1605/999-950
200
1 snap-in foot per pole
3-N-L1-L2-L3
862-1535/999-950
862-1635/999-950
200
snap-in feet at pos. 1+ 3 + 5
3-N-L1-L2-L3
862-1515/999-950
862-1615/999-950
200
Accessories
Comb type jumper bar, can easily be inserted into the
wire entry, 32 A
862-482
5
Test plug, with cable 500 mm/1’7.7”
2 mm/0.079 in Ø, red
210-136
50 (5 x 10)
Test plug, with cable 500 mm/1’7.7”
2.3 mm/0.091 in Ø, yellow
210-137
50 (5 x 10)
Screwdriver with partially insulated shaft
(3.5 x 0.5) mm
210-620
Marker strip, white, plain, for central marking;
7.5 mm wide, on roll
50 m long
709-178
1
Marker strip, white, plain, for central marking;
7.5 mm wide, on roll
300 m long
709-188
1
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
1
4
12
4 PCB Terminal Strips, with CAGE CLAMP ® . . .
Series 236, 255, 256 and 257
CAGE CLAMP ® connection
Wire connection “front-entry“, series 236
Wire connection “side-entry“, series 236
Connection of conductors with operating tool,
series 236
Combining different pin spacings
Pin spacing 2.5/2.54 mm
Different pin spacings are combined
Possible conductor arrangement with
terminal strips staggered
(for series 256 only)
CAGE CLAMP ® connection
Connection /removal of conductors, series 255
CAGE CLAMP ® connection
Connection /removal of conductors, series 256
Conductor connection
Series
255
256
257
CAGE CLAMP ®
connects the following
copper wires: *
solid
* Areas without aggressive air conditions
stranded
fine-stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
. . . Description and Handling
4
13
Connection /removal of conductors, series 257
Straight lever, front-entry
Connection /removal of conductors, series 257
Angled lever, side-entry
Testing
4
Testing with test probes
Marking
Marking with self-adhesive
marker strips . . .
** for corrosive areas
. . . or with customized direct printing
fine-stranded wire
fine-stranded wire –
with crimped ferrule ➊ **
tip bonded **
➊ When using ferrules please refer to the cross sections indicated on the corresponding catalog pages.
fine-stranded wire
with crimped pin terminal**
4 4 PCB Modular Terminal Blocks, Series 236,
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
420 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
236-753/999-950
*4
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
400
light grey
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
236-743/332-000/999-950
Pack.-unit
pcs
236-753/999-950
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
400
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
236-763/999-950
300
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
236-753/332-000/999-950
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
236-763/332-000/999-950
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.2
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.2
Accessories for modular terminal blocks and terminal strips (For marking accessories see Full Line Catalog W4, Volume 1, Section 14)
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
236-300
Operating tool ➊,
plastic
236-332
metal
236-335
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
236-300
Operating tool ➊,
plastic
236-332
metal
236-335
100
1
1
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
236-300
Operating tool ➊,
plastic
236-332
metal
236-335
100
1
1
Dimensions (in mm)
5 <
> 5
5 <
> 7,5 < (7,62)
> 5 < (5,08)
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
<___14___>
(3,6)
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
> 5
<___14___>
(3,6)
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
<___14___>
(3,6)
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
14
➊ for factory wiring of terminal strips
> 5
5 <
>
10
< (10,16)
100
1
1
4 PCB Terminal Strips, Series 236,
4
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
15
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
420 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
2
236-402/000-009/999-950
420
3
236-403/000-009/999-950
280
4
236-404/000-009/999-950
220
6
236-406/000-009/999-950
140
8
236-408/000-009/999-950
100
12
236-412/000-009/999-950
80
16
236-416/000-009/999-950
60
24
236-424/000-009/999-950
40
36
236-436/000-009/999-950
20
48
236-448/000-009/999-950
20
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
2
236-502/000-009/999-950
280
3
236-503/000-009/999-950
200
4
236-504/000-009/999-950
140
6
236-506/000-009/999-950
100
8
236-508/000-009/999-950
80
12
236-512/000-009/999-950
40
16
236-516/000-009/999-950
40
24
236-524/000-009/999-950
20
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
2
236-602/000-009/999-950
200
3
236-603/000-009/999-950
140
4
236-604/000-009/999-950
100
6
236-606/000-009/999-950
80
8
236-608/000-009/999-950
60
12
236-612/000-009/999-950
40
16
236-616/000-009/999-950
20
24
236-624/000-009/999-950
20
Additional item nos. for terminal strips
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
. . ./332-009/999-950
Additional item nos. for terminal strips
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
. . ./332-009/999-950
Additional item nos. for terminal strips
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
. . ./332-009/999-950
For other lengths, please contact factory
For other lengths, please contact factory
For other lengths, please contact factory
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.2
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.2
Ordering examples
Terminal strip, pin spacing 5/5.08 mm,
2 solder pins/pole,
8 poles, light grey:236-408/000-009/999-950
Terminal strip, pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm
2 solder pins/pole, 12 poles, with 5.5 mm long
solder pins, light grey:236-512/332-009/999-950
Dimensions (in mm) (Adjustment of pin spacing is made by pulling on the end blocks so that they expand to satisfy the hole center required.)
5 <
0,7
> 3,5 <
> <___
> 5 < (5,08)
<____________L____________>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.3 mm
> 5
<___14___>
0,7
> <___
(7,62)
<____________L____________>
5 < > 3,5 <
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.3 mm
* Notes
approvals see
page 10.0 Zulassungsdaten
and following. siehe Seite 10.3 ff.
Die denonPrüfzeichen
zugeordneten
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
> 5
<___14___>
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
<___14___>
> 5
5 <
0,7
> <___
> 3,5 <
<_10_> (10,16)
<____________L____________>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.3 mm
➋ Vereinzelter Anschluß 0,75 mm2/AWG 18 möglich
4
4 4 PCB Modular Terminal Blocks, Series 255,
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
420 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
light grey
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
Pack.-unit
pcs
*4
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
500
255-743/999-950
light grey
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
Pack.-unit
pcs
400
255-753/999-950
light grey
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Pack.-unit
pcs
300
255-763/999-950
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Accessories (For marking accessories see Full Line Catalog W4, Volume 1, Section 14)
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
255-300
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
255-300
100
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
255-300
100
Dimensions (in mm)
7,7 <
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
7,7 <
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
>1<
>1<
> 5
<___14___> 4,3 <
> 4 <__13,2__>
> 5
<___14___> 4,3 <
> 4 <__13,2__>
>1<
<___14___> 4,3 <
> 4 <__13,2__>
16
> 5
7,7 <
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
100
4 PCB Terminal Strips, Series 255,
4
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
17
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
420 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
*4
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
16
24
36
48
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
16
24
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
12
16
24
255-402/000-009/999-950
255-403/000-009/999-950
255-404/000-009/999-950
255-405/000-009/999-950
255-406/000-009/999-950
255-407/000-009/999-950
255-408/000-009/999-950
255-409/000-009/999-950
255-410/000-009/999-950
255-412/000-009/999-950
255-416/000-009/999-950
255-424/000-009/999-950
255-436/000-009/999-950
255-448/000-009/999-950
400
280
200
160
140
120
100
100
80
60
60
40
20
20
For other lengths, please contact factory
255-502/000-009/999-950
255-503/000-009/999-950
255-504/000-009/999-950
255-505/000-009/999-950
255-506/000-009/999-950
255-507/000-009/999-950
255-508/000-009/999-950
255-509/000-009/999-950
255-510/000-009/999-950
255-512/000-009/999-950
255-516/000-009/999-950
255-524/000-009/999-950
280
180
140
120
100
80
60
60
60
40
40
20
255-602/000-009/999-950
255-603/000-009/999-950
255-604/000-009/999-950
255-605/000-009/999-950
255-606/000-009/999-950
255-607/000-009/999-950
255-608/000-009/999-950
255-609/000-009/999-950
255-610/000-009/999-950
255-612/000-009/999-950
255-616/000-009/999-950
255-624/000-009/999-950
For other lengths, please contact factory
For other lengths, please contact factory
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
200
140
100
80
60
60
60
40
40
40
20
20
Ordering examples
Terminal strip, pin spacing 5/5.08 mm,
8 poles, light grey: 255-408/000-009/999-950
Terminal strip, pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm,
12 poles, light grey: 255-512/000-009/999-950
Dimensions (in mm) (Adjustment of pin spacing is made by pulling on the end blocks so that they expand to satisfy the hole center required.)
3,65
___>
0,7
___> <
<
> 5 <(5,08)
<_______L_______>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
7,7 <
3,65
___>
0,7
___> <
<
> 7,5 < (7,62)
<_________ L_________>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
* Notes
approvals see
page 10.0 Zulassungsdaten
and following. siehe Seite 10.3 ff.
Die denonPrüfzeichen
zugeordneten
>1<
>1<
> 5
> 4 <__13,2__>
7,7 <
> 4 <__13,2__>
>1<
> 4 <__13,2__>
> 5
<___14___> 4,3 <
<___14___> 4,3 <
<___14___> 4,3 <
> 5
7,7 <
3,65
___>
0,7
___> <
<
> 10 <(10,16)
<___________L___________>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
➋ Vereinzelter Anschluß 0,75 mm2/AWG 18 möglich
4
4 4 PCB Modular Terminal Blocks, Series 256,
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
256-743/999-950
*4
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
600
light grey
with 5.5 mm long solder pins
light grey
256-743/332-000/999-950
Pack.-unit
pcs
256-753/999-950
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole
400
light grey
Pack.-unit
pcs
300
256-763/999-950
with 5.5 mm long solder pins
light grey
256-753/332-000/999-950
with 5.5 mm long solder pins
light grey
256-763/332-000/999-950
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Accessories (For marking accessories see Full Line Catalog W4, volume 1, section 14)
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
256-300
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
256-300
100
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
256-300
100
Dimensions (in mm)
2,6
<___15___> <__
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
> 5
5,2 <
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
> 5 < (5,08)
5 <
> 7,5 < (7,62)
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
<
5 <
<
> 5
2,6
<___15___> <__
5,2 <
5,2 <
2,6
<___15___> <__
<
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
18
> 5
5 <
>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
10
< (10,16)
100
4 PCB Terminal Strips, Series 256,
4
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
19
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
2
256-402/000-009/999-950
400
3
256-403/000-009/999-950
280
4
256-404/000-009/999-950
200
5
256-405/000-009/999-950
160
6
256-406/000-009/999-950
140
7
256-407/000-009/999-950
120
8
256-408/000-009/999-950
100
9
256-409/000-009/999-950
100
10
256-410/000-009/999-950
80
12
256-412/000-009/999-950
60
16
256-416/000-009/999-950
60
24
256-424/000-009/999-950
40
36
256-436/000-009/999-950
20
48
256-448/000-009/999-950
20
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
2
256-502/000-009/999-950
280
3
256-503/000-009/999-950
180
4
256-504/000-009/999-950
140
5
256-505/000-009/999-950
120
6
256-506/000-009/999-950
100
7
256-507/000-009/999-950
80
8
256-508/000-009/999-950
60
9
256-509/000-009/999-950
60
10
256-510/000-009/999-950
60
12
256-512/000-009/999-950
40
16
256-516/000-009/999-950
40
24
256-524/000-009/999-950
20
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
2
256-602/000-009/999-950
200
3
256-603/000-009/999-950
140
4
256-604/000-009/999-950
100
5
256-605/000-009/999-950
80
6
256-606/000-009/999-950
60
7
256-607/000-009/999-950
60
8
256-608/000-009/999-950
60
9
256-609/000-009/999-950
40
10
256-610/000-009/999-950
40
12
256-612/000-009/999-950
40
16
256-616/000-009/999-950
20
24
256-624/000-009/999-950
20
Additional item nos. for terminal strips
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
. . ./332-009/999-950
Additional item nos. for terminal strips
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
. . ./332-009/999-950
Additional item nos. for terminal strips
with solder pins 5.5 mm / 0.217 in
. . ./332-009/999-950
For other lengths, please contact factory
For other lengths, please contact factory
For other lengths, please contact factory
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Ordering examples
Terminal strip, pin spacing 5/5.08 mm,
8 poles, orange: 256-408/000-009/999-950
Terminal strip, pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm,
12 poles, with 5.5 mm longen solder pins, blue:
256-512/332-009/999-950
Dimensions (in mm) (Adjustment of pin spacing is made by pulling on the end blocks so that they expand to satisfy the hole center required.)
2,6
<___15___> <__
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
> 5
3,65
5 < ___>
0,7
___> <
<
> 7,5 <(7,62)
<_________ L_________>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
* Notes
approvals see
page 10.0 Zulassungsdaten
and following. siehe Seite 10.3 ff.
Die denonPrüfzeichen
zugeordneten
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
5,2 <
5,2 <
0,7
___> <
<
> 5 <(5,08)
<_______L_______>
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
3,65
5 < ___>
<
> 5
2,6
<___15___> <__
<
<
(5,5)
> 4 <__13__>
5,2 <
2,6
<___15___> <__
> 5
3,65
5 < ___>
0,7
___> <
<
> 10 <(10,16)
<___________L___________>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
➋ Vereinzelter Anschluß 0,75 mm2/AWG 18 möglich
4
4 4 PCB Modular Terminal Blocks, Series 257,
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
420 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
Color
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole,
angled lever
light grey
257-843/999-950
straight lever
light grey
257-743/999-950
Pack.-unit
pcs
*4
Color
500
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole,
angled lever
light grey
257-853/999-950
500
straight lever
light grey
257-753/999-950
Pack.-unit
pcs
Color
400
Item
No.
Modular terminal blocks,
2 solder pins/pole,
angled lever
light grey
257-863/999-950
400
straight lever
light grey
257-763/999-950
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Pack.-unit
pcs
300
300
Terminal blocks for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
Accessories (For marking accessories see Full Line Catalog W4, Volume 1, Section 14)
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
257-300
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
257-300
100
End plates, snap-on type,
1 mm / 0.039 in thick
light grey
257-300
100
100
> 5 < (5,08)
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
> 6,6 <
> 5 <
>3,1<
<__14,2__>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
> 7,5 < (7,62)
> 4 <__13,6__> 6,8 <
> 5 <
>3,1<
<__14,2__>
> 4 <__13,6__> 6,8 <
> 6,6 <
> 4 <__13,6__> 6,8 <
Dimensions (in mm)
> 6,6 <
20
> 5 <
>3,1< >
<__14,2__>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
10
< (10,16)
4 PCB Terminal Strips, Series 257,
4
Pin Spacings 5/5.08 mm; 7.5/7.62 mm; 10/10.16 mm
21
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm / 0.3 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
Pin spacing 10/10.16 mm / 0.4 in
0.5 – 2.5 mm2
AWG 20 – 12
175 V
16 A
275 V
16 A
420 V
16 A
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
*4
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
angled lever
2
257-452/000-009/999-950
400
3
257-453/000-009/999-950
280
4
257-454/000-009/999-950
220
5
257-455/000-009/999-950
180
6
257-456/000-009/999-950
140
7
257-457/000-009/999-950
120
8
257-458/000-009/999-950
100
9
257-459/000-009/999-950
100
10
257-460/000-009/999-950
80
12
257-462/000-009/999-950
80
16
257-466/000-009/999-950
60
24
257-474/000-009/999-950
40
36
257-486/000-009/999-950
20
48
257-498/000-009/999-950
20
straight lever
2
257-402/000-009/999-950
400
3
257-403/000-009/999-950
280
4
257-404/000-009/999-950
200
5
257-405/000-009/999-950
160
6
257-406/000-009/999-950
140
7
257-407/000-009/999-950
120
8
257-408/000-009/999-950
100
9
257-409/000-009/999-950
100
10
257-410/000-009/999-950
80
12
257-412/000-009/999-950
60
16
257-416/000-009/999-950
60
24
257-424/000-009/999-950
40
36
257-436/000-009/999-950
20
48
257-448/000-009/999-950
20
For other lengths, please contact factory
*4
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
angled lever
2
257-552/000-009/999-950
280
3
257-553/000-009/999-950
200
4
257-554/000-009/999-950
140
5
257-555/000-009/999-950
120
6
257-556/000-009/999-950
100
7
257-557/000-009/999-950
80
8
257-558/000-009/999-950
80
9
257-559/000-009/999-950
60
10
257-560/000-009/999-950
60
12
257-562/000-009/999-950
40
16
257-566/000-009/999-950
40
24
257-574/000-009/999-950
20
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips, light grey, standard lengths,
2 solder pins/pole
angled lever
2
257-652/000-009/999-950
200
3
257-653/000-009/999-950
140
4
257-654/000-009/999-950
100
5
257-655/000-009/999-950
80
6
257-656/000-009/999-950
80
7
257-657/000-009/999-950
60
8
257-658/000-009/999-950
60
9
257-659/000-009/999-950
40
10
257-660/000-009/999-950
40
12
257-662/000-009/999-950
40
16
257-666/000-009/999-950
20
24
257-674/000-009/999-950
20
straight lever
2
257-502/000-009/999-950
3
257-503/000-009/999-950
4
257-504/000-009/999-950
5
257-505/000-009/999-950
6
257-506/000-009/999-950
7
257-507/000-009/999-950
8
257-508/000-009/999-950
9
257-509/000-009/999-950
10
257-510/000-009/999-950
12
257-512/000-009/999-950
16
257-516/000-009/999-950
24
257-524/000-009/999-950
For other lengths, please contact factory
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
straight lever
2
257-602/000-009/999-950
3
257-603/000-009/999-950
4
257-604/000-009/999-950
5
257-605/000-009/999-950
6
257-606/000-009/999-950
7
257-607/000-009/999-950
8
257-608/000-009/999-950
9
257-609/000-009/999-950
10
257-610/000-009/999-950
12
257-612/000-009/999-950
16
257-616/000-009/999-950
24
257-624/000-009/999-950
For other lengths, please contact factory
Terminal strips for Ex i applications
see page 5.3
280
180
140
120
100
80
60
60
60
40
40
20
200
140
100
80
60
60
60
40
40
40
20
20
0,7
<
___> <
> 5 < (5,08)
<___________L___________>
3,65
___>
Dimensions for right angle levers see page 60
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
> 5 <
>3,1<
<__14,2__>
0,7
<
___> <
> 7,5 < (7,62)
<___________L___________>
3,65
___>
Dimensions for right angle levers see page 60
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
* Notes
approvals see
page 10.0 Zulassungsdaten
and following. siehe Seite 10.3 ff.
Die denonPrüfzeichen
zugeordneten
> 4 <__13,6__> 6,8 <
> 5 <
>3,1<
<__14,2__>
> 4 <__13,6__> 6,8 <
> 4 <__13,6__> 6,8 <
Dimensions (in mm) (Adjustment of pin spacing is made by pulling on the end blocks so that they expand to satisfy the hole center required.)
> 5 <
>3,1<
<__14,2__>
0,7
<
___> <
> 10 < (10,16)
<___________L___________>
3,65
___>
Dimensions for right angle levers see page 60
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
➋ Vereinzelter Anschluß 0,75 mm2/AWG 18 möglich
4
4 4 Terminal Strips with Finger Operated Levers,
Series 255, 256 and 257
Pin spacing 5 / 5.08 mm / 0.2 in
Pin spacing 7.5 / 7.62 mm / 0.3 in
Pin spacing 10 / 10.16 mm / 0.4 in
Pin spacing 5 / 5.08 mm / 0.2 in
Pin spacing 7.5 / 7.62 mm / 0.3 in
Pin spacing 10 / 10.16 mm / 0.4 in
Pin spacing 5 / 5.08 mm / 0.2 in
Pin spacing 7.5 / 7.62 mm / 0.3 in
Pin spacing 10 / 10.16 mm / 0.4 in
Technical data see page 4.17
Technical data see page 4.19
Technical data see page 4.21
*4
*4
*4
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips with finger operated levers, light grey,
2 solder pins/pole
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
2
255-402/333-009/999-950
420
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips with finger operated levers, light grey,
2 solder pins/pole
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
2
256-402/333-009/999-950
420
No. of Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Terminal strips with finger operated levers, light grey,
2 solder pins/pole
Pin spacing 5/5.08 mm / 0.2 in
2
257-402/333-000
400
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm
2
255-502/333-009/999-950
280
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm
2
256-502/333-009/999-950
280
Pin spacing 7.5/7.62 mm
2
257-502/333-000
280
Pin spacing10/10.16 mm
2
255-602/333-009/999-950
200
Pin spacing10/10.16 mm
2
256-602/333-009/999-950
200
Pin spacing10/10.16 mm
2
257-602/333-000
200
Terminal strips suitable for Ex i applications
Terminal strips suitable for Ex i applications
Terminal strips suitable for Ex i applications
Dimensions (in mm)
7,7 <
0,7
< > <___
> 7,5 < (7,62)
<_____L_____>
3,65
___>
0,7
< > <___
<_10_> (10,16)
<_______L_______>
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
5 <
0,7
< > <___
> 7,5 < (7,62)
<_____L_____>
3,65
___>
3,65
___>
3,65
___>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
> 5
0,7
( ) <___
> 5 < (5,08)
<___L___>
0,7
< > <___
<_10_> (10,16)
<_______L_______>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
THWN
3,65
___>
1,5
__> <__14,2__>
<_9,3_>
<9,3>
> 4 <__13__>
> 5
> 5 <
<___14___><_9_>
3,65
___>
<___15___> 4,6 <
> 4 <_13,6_>
0,7
( ) <___
> 5 < (5,08)
<___L___>
3,65
___>
> 4 <__13,2__>
22
> 5
3,1
<__
0,7
( ) <___
> 5 < (5,08)
<___L___>
0,7
< > <___
> 7,5 < (7,62)
<_____L_____>
3,65
___>
3,65
___>
0,7
< > <___
<_10_> (10,16)
<_______L_______>
Diameter of drilled hole: 1.1+0.1 mm
L = (No. of poles x pin spacing) + 2.9 mm
4
Handling
Terminal Strips with Finger Operated Levers
Connection /removal of conductors, series 255
Finger operation
Connection /removal of conductors, series 256
Finger operation
23
Connection /removal of conductors, series 257
Finger operation
4
4 4 Push-Wire Connectors for Junction Boxes,
Series 773
0.75 – 2.5 mm2 ”sol.“
AWG 18 – 12 “sol.“
AWG 16 – 12 “str.“
550 V**
24 A
0.75 – 2.5 mm2 ”sol.“
AWG 18 – 12 “sol.“
AWG 16 – 12 “str.“
2.5 – 6 mm2 ”sol.“
AWG 14 – 10 “sol.“
550 V**
24 A
l 12 mm / 0.47 in
l 12 mm / 0.47 in
*4
l 12 – 13 mm / 0.53 in
*4
* 4 in Vorbereitung
Can only be used with mounting carriers item no. 773-331.
Item
Pack. unit
No.
pcs
Push-wire connectors for junction boxes, light grey
Item
Pack. unit
No.
pcs
Push-wire connectors for junction boxes, light grey
Item
Pack. unit
No.
pcs
Push-wire connectors for junction boxes, light grey
2-wire connector
4-wire connector
6-wire connector
8-wire connector
3-wire connector
__
<
>
5__
19,
(__
13
__>
9,5
__) __ 1
<
<_
_ 18
,8 _
_>
Ex e push-wire connectors for
junction boxes
For their 2-, 4-, 6- and 8-conductor push-wire
connectors, Series 773, WAGO have been
granted the worldwide first Ex e approvals in
compliance with both the 94/9-ATEX directive
and the American UL-Aex standard.
In most countries, these approvals allow for their
use in gas environments, Zones 1 and 2, as well
as Zones 21 and 22 dust environments.
** You can find approvals on the Internet at www.wago.com.
** 275 V at a distance < 10 mm compared to parts with other potentials
__>
9,5
__ 1
<
<
___
_2
4_
___
_>
__>
9,5
__ 1
<
500 (10 x 50)
<
_14,2_
>
773-493
<
_13,1_
>
1000 (10 x 100)
1000 (10 x 100)
<
_13,1_
>
,2 )
773-496
773-498
<_13,1_>
(9
1000 (10 x 100)
1000 (10 x 100)
773-492
773-494
<_13,1_>
24
<
___
_2
5,6
___
_>
_>
0,1_
__2
<_
Mounting Carrier for Push-Wire Connectors for Junction Boxes,
for DIN 35 Rail or Screw Fixing, Series 773
Mounting carrier for
push-wire connectors for junction boxes
4
25
Application notes
Adapter width 18 mm / 0.71 in
mm /
< 30
1.18 in >
<_______ 59.5 mm /2.34 in _______>
<________ 61 mm /2.4 in _________>
Insert the connector into the carrier . . .
Item
No.
Mounting carrier
light grey
Marker strips,
plain
Pack. unit
pcs
773-331
50 (5 x 10)
210-334
1 Karte
The WAGO Ex push-wire connectors for distribution and junction boxes as well as control and
operating systems for use in hazardous areas
offer the following advantages over traditional
connectors:
• Time and cost saving push-wire connection
• Vibration-proof, maintenance-free clamp
connection
• 100 % touch-proof
• Connectors can be fixed in position using
appropriate mounting carriers
• One single carrier equipped with 2-, 4-, 6and 8-wire connectors can hold up to 16
clamping units according to user requirements,
which results in material and cost savings.
• Additional benefits as OEM product for
manufacturers and suppliers of enclosures and
distribution boxes used in hazardous areas
4
. . . and snap in the end plate.
Snapping onto the carrier rail
Removing from the carrier rail
5
0
Terminal®Blocks for Ex i Applications
TOPJOB S Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
➁
➂
➁
➂
➀
➀
2-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 2001-1204
➁ 2002-1204
➂ 2004-1204
see pages 3.4 – 3.6
➁
➂
2-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 2006-1204
➁ 2010-1204
➂ 2016-1204
see pages 3.7 – 3.9
➁
➂
➀
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2001-1304
2002-1304
2004-1304
see pages 3.4 – 3.6
➀
➁
➂
➁
➂
➀
3-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 2006-1304
➁ 2010-1304
➂ 2016-1304
see pages 3.7 – 3.9
➀
4-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 2001-1404
➁ 2002-1404
➂ 2004-1404
see pages 3.4 – 3.6
➀
3-conductor through terminal blocks
2002-6304
4-conductor through terminal blocks
2002-6404
see page 4 in Supplementary Catalog to W4, Vol. 1+2
see page 4 in Supplementary Catalog to W4, Vol. 1+2
➀
Double deck terminal blocks
4-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 2002-2209 without marking carrier
2002-2239 with marking carrier
see page 3.10
➀
Triple deck terminal blocks
Through/through/through connection
➀ 2002-3204 without marking carrier
2002-3234 with marking carrier
see page 3.11
Double deck terminal blocks
Through/through
➀ 2002-2204 without marking carrier
2002-2234 with marking carrier
see page 3.10
➀
Triple deck terminal blocks
6-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 2002-3209 without marking carrier
2002-3239 with marking carrier
see page 3.11
5
®
CAGE CLAMP Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
1
➄
➂
➃
➂
➁
➀
➃
➀
➀
➁
➁
2-conductor through terminal blocks
282-904
279-904
➂ 281-604
➀ 280-602
➃ 281-904
➁ 280-904
➄ 282-604
see pages 2.8 – 2.18 in W4, volume 1
➁
➂
4-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 279-604
➂ 280-834
279-834
280-634
➁ 280-604
➃ 281-654
see pages 2.8 – 2.16 in W4, volume 1
3-conductor through terminal blocks
279-684
➁ 281-684
282-684
➀ 280-684
see pages 2.8 – 2.18 in W4, volume 1
➃
➂
➁
➀
➀
3- and 4-conductor through terminal blocks
➀ 280-651
➂ 280-656
➁ 281-651
Double deck terminal blocks
➀ 280-529
➂ 281-629
➁ 280-530
➃ 281-630
see pages 2.12 – 2.17 in W4, volume 1
see pages 2.29 – 2.33 in W4, volume 1
5
CAGE CLAMP ® Compact Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
➁
➀
➁
Modular terminal blocks with fixing flange
➀ 869-3x4
Modular terminal blocks w. snap-in mounting foot
➁ 869-3x4
see pages 10.8 – 10.9 in W4, volume 1
➀
➂
➃
2-, 3-, and 4-conductor through terminal blocks
870-904
➁ 870-684
870-834
➃ 870-914
see pages 3.6 – 3.7 in W4, volume 1
➁
➀
2-, 3-, and 4-conductor through terminal blocks
880-904/. .. ➁ 880-684/. ..
880-834/. ..
➀
➂
see pages 2.14 – 2.15 in W4, volume 1
➀
➁
2- and 4-conductor double deck terminal blocks
➀ 870-504
➁ 870-509
3- and 6-conductor double deck terminal blocks
➂ 870-534
➃ 870-539
see pages 3.8 – 3.9 in W4, volume 1
➂
➂
2- and 4-conductor disconnect terminal blocks
280-876
➁ 280-885
see pages 7.8-7.9, in W4, Volume 1
Variable resistor terminal block
➂ 280-645/281-412 see page 7.58 in W4, volume 1
➀
➃
➀
➀
➂
➂
➁
➂
➁
➃
➀
Through terminal blocks, side-entry
➀ 279-104
➁ 280-104
➂ 281-104
➃ 282-104
see pages 6.6 – 6.7, in W4, volume 1
5
2
Terminal Blocks for Ex i Applications
Terminal strips
➃
➂
➂
➂
➁
➁
➁
2- and 4-conductor miniature through term. blocks
➀ 264-704 for DIN 15 rail ➂ 264-724 for DIN 15 rail
➁ 264-714 for DIN 35 rail ➃ 264-734 for DIN 35 rail
see pages 4.4– 4.5 in W4, volume 1
2-conductor modular terminal blocks
264-304 with fixing flange
264-314 with snap-in mounting foot
264-324 center terminal block
see pages 10.12 – 10.13 in W4, volume 1
2- and 4-conductor modular terminal blocks
with fixing flange
➀ 261-304
➂ 261-334
➁ 262-304
➃ 262-334
see pages 10.20 and 10.26 in W4, volume 1
➄
➁
➂
➃
➀
➁
2- and 4-conductor modular terminal blocks
with snap-in mounting foot
➀ 261-314
➂ 261-344
➁ 262-314
➃ 262-344
see pages 10.20 and 10.26 in W4, volume 1
➂
➃
➀
➁
➀
➁
2- and 4-conductor end terminal blocks
➀
➁
261-324
➂ 261-354
262-324
➃ 262-354
see pages 10.20 and 10.26 in W4, volume 1
➄
➁
➃
➀
4-conductor modular terminal blocks
➀ 264-334 with fixing flange
➁ 264-344 with snap-in mounting foot
➂ 264-354 center terminal block
see pages 10.12 – 10.13 in W4, volume 1
➀
➁
➂
➂
➃
➀
➀
➀
➃
➅
➂
➀
➅
➂
2- and 4-cond. t. bl. with push button on one side
261-304/331-000 ➃ 261-334/332-000
261-314/331-000 ➄ 261-344/332-000
261-324/331-000 ➅ 261-354/332-000
see page 10.22 in W4, volume 1
➀
➁
➂
2- and 4-cond. t. bl. w. push button on both sides
➀ 261-304/341-000 ➃ 261-334/342-000
➁ 261-314/341-000 ➄ 261-344/342-000
➂ 261-324/341-000 ➅ 261-354/342-000
see page 10.22 in W4, volume 1
PCB Terminal Blocks
➂
➃
➀
PCB terminal blocks
2-12 poles
804-302/000-006 to
804-312/000-006
see page 1.25 in W4, volume 2
Pin spacing
7.5 mm/0.295 in
2-conductor PCB term. blocks Pin spacing
2-12 poles
7.5 mm/0.295 in
746-2302/000-006 to
746-2312/000-006
see page 23 in Suppl. Catalog 2 to W4, volume 1+2
PCB t. blocks
➀ 236-724
➁ 236-754
➁
Pin spacings
➂ 236-734
➃ 236-764
7.5/7.62 mm/0.3 in
10/10.16 mm/0.4 in
see pages 1.28 – 1.29 in W4, volume 2
5
PCB Terminal Blocks
3
➂
➀
PCB terminal blocks
Pin spacings
7.5/7.62 mm/0.3 in
➀ 255-754
10/10.16 mm/0.4 in
➁ 255-764
Terminal strips with finger operated levers see page
4.22 and pages 1.14 – 1.15 in W4, volume 2
➀
PCB terminal blocks 4 mm2
➀ 745-814
➁ 745-824
➀
➁
PCB terminal blocks
Pin spacings
256-754
7.5/7.62 mm/0.3 in
256-764
10/10.16 mm/0.4 in
Terminal strips with finger operated levers see page
4.22 and pages 1.16 – 1.17 in W4, volume 2
➀
➁
Pin spacings
7.5 mm/0.295 in
10 mm/0.394 in
➁
PCB terminal blocks 6 mm2
745-834
745-844
➀
➁
➀
➁
➀
➁
Pin spacings
7.5 mm/0.295 in
10 mm/0.394 in
➃
➁
PCB terminal blocks
Pin spacings
➀ 257-754 ➁ 257-854 7.5/7.62 mm/0.3 in
➂ 257-764 ➃ 257-864 10/10.16 mm/0.4 in
Terminal strips with finger operated levers see page
4.22 and pages 1.18 – 1.19 in W4, volume 2
➀
➁
PCB terminal blocks 16 mm2
➀ 745-874/006-000
➁ 745-884/006-000
Pin spacings
15 mm/0.591 in
20 mm/0.787 in
see pages 1.46 – 1.47 in W4, volume 2
see pages 1.48– 1.49 in W4, volume 2
see pages 1.50 – 1.51 in W4, volume 2
PCB terminal strips
Pin spacings
2-12 poles
7.5 mm/0.295 in
745-3152/000-006 to
745-3162/000-006
see page 25 in Suppl. Catalog 2 to W4, volume 1+2
PCB terminal strips
Pin spacings
2-12 poles
10 mm/0.394 in
745-3202/000-006 to
745-3212/000-006
see page 25 in Suppl. Catalog 2 to W4, volume 1+2
PCB terminal strips
Pin spacings
2-12 poles
12.5 mm/0.492 in
745-3252/000-006 to
745-3262/000-006
see page 25 in Suppl. Catalog 2 to W4, volume 1+2
➀
PCB terminal blocks
254-854
254-864
➀
➁
➀
➁
Pin spacings
7.5/7.62 mm/0.3 in
10/10.16 mm/0.4 in
see pages 1.76 – 1.77 in W4, volume 2
➁
PCB terminal blocks
Pin spacings
235-754*
7.5/7.62 mm/0.3 in
235-764*
10/10.16 mm/0.4 in
* Additional no. for levers . . . /331-000
see pages 1.86 – 1.87 in W4, volume 2
➀
➁
➀
➁
PCB terminal blocks
Pin spacings
7.5/7.62 mm/0.3 in
➀ 235-724*
10/10.16 mm/0.4 in
➁ 235-734*
* Additional no. for levers . . . /331-000
see pages 1.88 – 1.89 in W4, volume 2
5
6
0
Ex i Matrix Patchboards with CAGE CLAMP ® connection . . .
Series 726
CAGE CLAMP ® connection
Connection of wires with screwdriver
blade size (2.5 x 0.4) mm Item No. 210-119
Marking of modules
Testing
Marking of modules (factory marked)
Side 1: 1, 2, 3, 4 . . .
Testing with test plug 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
Item No. 210-137
Marking
WFB Continuous marking strips. Fits into the
marker receptacle and the group marking carrier
of the matrix patchboard
Marking
Examples of installation
Individual group marking
with WSB Quick marking system
Matrix patchboards in a frame
CAGE CLAMP ®
connects the following
copper wires: *
solid
* For aluminum wire see notes in section 15!
stranded
Matrix patchboards in 19” rack
fine stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
. . . Description and Handling
6
1
Common potential matrix assembly Space Saving
Example shown here with (white)
supply terminal block
Slim line matrix patchboard (lower right)
mounted upside down
Additional module
Snapping on an additional module with contact to
mounting frame
Additional module
6
Assembly of a matrix patchboard with additional
module snapped on.
Direct connection to the mounting frame via
contact plate
Ferrules ➊
Side 2
1.5/16
Conductor cross section (mm2 /AWG)
with ferrule
insulated
uninsulated
Item No./Color
Item No.
0.75/20 216-202 /grey
1.0/18 216-123
Side 1
1.5/16
0.75/20 216-202 /grey
1.0/18 216-123
Side 2
2.5/14
1.5/16
216-204 /black
1.5/16 216-104
Side 1
1.5/16
0.75/20 216-202 /grey
1.0/18 216-123
Conductor cross section (mm2 /AWG)
without ferrule
Connection of ferruled wires
fine-stranded wire –
tip bonded
fine-stranded wire
with crimped ferrule ➊
fine-stranded wire
with crimped pin terminal
6
Ex i Matrix Patchboards
2
Side 1: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
Side 1: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 2 x 0.08 –2.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 14
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 32 poles,
color of modules blue and numbering of modules on
sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
32 ( 1 – 32)
726-141
20
32 (33 – 64)
726-142
20
Accessories
Side 1: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 32 poles,
color of modules blue and numbering of modules on
sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
32 ( 1 – 32)
726-241
20
32 (33 – 64)
726-242
20
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 48 poles,
color of modules blue and numbering of modules on
sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
48 ( 1 – 48)
726-441
10
(Insulation stop see page 6.5)
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Dimensions (in mm)
> 14,5 <
> 12,9 <
<______44_____>
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
9,5
>
<__
5,75
___> <__31,5__>
Side 2
2 x 0.08 – 2.5 mm2
Side 1
3 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
>
Side 2
3 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
10,65
<____
<_____________________132_____________________>
5,5
<___________________121___________________> <__
> <5
Side 2
3 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
5
> <
<____33___>
14,5 <
<__________________111__________________>
3,5
__>
Side 1
3 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
<___30___>
> 12,6 <
10,65
____>
<
<_________65,3________> > 16,4 <__31,5__>
6
3
Side 1: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 2 x 0.08 –2.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 14
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
Side 1: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 48 poles,
color of modules blue and numbering of modules on
sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
48 ( 1 – 48)
726-541
10
Side 1: 3 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 2 x 0.08 –2.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 14
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 80 poles,
color of modules blue and numbering of modules on
sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
80 ( 1 – 80)
726-741
8
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 80 poles,
color of modules blue and numbering of modules on
sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
80 ( 1 – 80)
726-841
8
(for the group marking the WAGO WSB Quick marking system or WFB Continuous marking strips can be used, see W4, volume 1, section 14)
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Side 2
2 x 0.08 – 2.5 mm2
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Side 1
3 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Side 2
3 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
Side 2
2 x 0.08 – 2.5 mm2
<____ 43 ____>
<_____44_____>
> 16,4 <__31,5__>
<________________107,9________________>
5,75
___> <__31,5__>
<________63,9________><__31,5__>
5,75
___> <__31,5__>
<________63,9________
6
Side 1: 2 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 2 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
Side 1: 2 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
Side 2: 2 x 0.08 –1.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 16
500 V/6 kV/3
300 V, 10 A U
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 32 poles,
color of modules blue and numbering of modules on
sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
32 ( 1 – 32)
726-341
24
32 (33 – 64)
726-342
24
No. of
Item
Pack.-unit
poles
No.
pcs
Matrix patchboards, 32 poles, mounted upside
down, color of modules blue and numbering of
modules on sides 1 and 2 arranged vertically
32 ( 1 – 32)
726-345
24
32 (33 – 64)
726-346
24
Accessories
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Group marking adapter
for side 2
726-902 50
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
yellow 210-137 50 (5 x 10)
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Wire comm. chain, insulated, 6 A
31 connections, 0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
grey
709-107
1
Dimensions (in mm)
<___33___>
14,5 <
> 17,2 <
> 14,5 <
> 16,45 <
<___34,6___>
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
5
> <
>
9,5
<__
> 9,7 15,24 <
<_____________________132_____________________>
3,5
__>
Version mounted upside down
Side 1/Side 2
2 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
5,5
<___________________121 ___________________> <__
Side 1
2 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2
5
> <
4
Ex i Matrix Patchboards
Slim Line Version for 19” Racks
111
6
Additional Modules,
Decade Marker Carriers and
Insulation Stops for Matrix Patching Series 726
6
5
1 x 0.08 – 4 mm2
AWG 28 – 12
1 x 0.08 – 2.5 mm2 AWG 28 – 14
500 V/4 kV/3
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
L 9 mm / 0.35 in
Insulation stop,
suitable for patchboard side 1
matrix patching 3 x 1.5 mm2/AWG 16
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
Color
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
Additional modules, for matrix patchboards,
for snap-on fixing to the lower fixing element,
with CAGE CLAMP ®
Color
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
Decade marker carrier, for matrix patchboards
726-905
10
dark grey
Additional module with contact to mounting frame
white
726-903
25
Additional module, insulated
726-904
grey
Item
No.
Insulation stop, 4 x 3 pcs /strip
white
726-901
0.08 – 0.2 mm2 /AWG 28 – 24 “s“
(0.08 – 0.14 mm2 /AWG 28 – 26 “f-st“)
Pack.-unit
pcs
light grey
726-906
0.25 mm2 /AWG 22 “s“
0.14 – 0.25 mm2 /AWG 26 – 22 “f-st“
200 strips
dark grey
726-907
0.25 – 0.5 mm2 /AWG 22 – 20 “s+f-st“
200 strips
200 strips
25
Note: Suitable for patchboard side 1 of matrix
patchboards 1.5 mm2 / AWG 16 (patchboards with
different front and back sides)
6
Dimensions (in mm)
Marking
example
3 x WSB (5 mm)
<___33___>
> 14,5 <
(10,4)
> 14,5 <
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
> 9,5 <
5,5
> <___________________121___________________>
<___20___>
<_____________________132_____________________>
>5<
8 x WSB
receptacle
at both sides
matrix patchboard
<_18,1_>
> 5,5 <14,5 >
> 10,5 <_________________109_________________>
Direct contacting (additional module only,
with contact to mounting frame)
(_15_)
00 1
002
003
004
005
006
007
008
Insert insulation stop into conductor entry holes of matrix
patchboard.
6
6
Ex i Terminal Blocks for Matrix Patching and Common Potential Terminal Blocks
with CAGE CLAMP ® connection, Series 727 . . .
Assembly
Snap individual 4- or 8-level terminal blocks
onto the carrier rail . . .
. . . and engage
Terminal blocks for DIN 35 x 7.5 mm or
DIN 35 x 15 mm high are available
Assembly / Removal
Grip end plate at both sides and
– push down (assembly)
– pull up (removal)
Removal
Open the assembly by laterally sliding a block
using a screwdriver (2.5 x 0.4) mm . . .
Removal
Marking
. . . move terminal block laterally and remove
from the rail with a levering action
Marking of clamping units by direct printing
CAGE CLAMP ®
connects the following
copper wires: *
solid
stranded
fine stranded,
also with tinned
single strands
. . . Description and Handling
6
7
Matrix patching assembly
Wiring space
Example left:
Main cables fed through locking clips on the field side
right: Control cables fed between locking clips
center: Wiring of the patching sides
When using terminal blocks with locking clips the
wiring space between the terminal strips can be
covered with a wiring duct cover*.
(* for suitable suppliers – please contact factory)
CAGE CLAMP ® connection
Connection /removal of conductors using a
screwdriver (2.5 x 0.4) mm
Testing
6
Special test contact for test plug 2.3 mm/0.091 in Ø
Terminal block
Marking of coordinates with the WMB Multi marking system or WSB Quick marking system
➊
fine-stranded wire
fine-stranded wire –
with crimped ferrule ➊
tip bonded
Max. cross section for uninsulated ferrules 1 mm2/AWG 18, for insulated ferrules 0.75 mm2/AWG 20.
fine-stranded wire
with crimped pin terminal
2 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2 2 x AWG 28 – 16
300 V, 10 A U
250 V/4 kV/3 ➊
12 A
300 V, 10 A 2
Terminal block width 7.62 mm / 0.3 in
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
*4
Ex i**
application
➊ 250 V
➋
60 V = peak value
4 kV ∧ table 4, EN 50020
3
(see also section W4, volume 1, section 15)
4 x pairs of contacts
on each level
Suitable for Ex i applications
<_____________ 126 mm /4.96 in _____________>
Description
4-level terminal block for matrix patching ➋,
for DIN 35 rail
acc. to EN 60715
Accessories
2 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2 2 x AWG 28 – 16
300 V, 10 A U
250 V/4 kV/3 ➊
12 A
300 V, 10 A 2
Terminal block width 7.62 mm / 0.3 in
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
mm /
<_ 44.5
1. 75 in _>
8
Ex i 4-Level Terminal Blocks for Matrix Patching 1.5 mm2 / AWG 16,
Series 727
<__ 62 mm /2.44 in __>
6
Item
No.
with
for
locking clips DIN 35 x 7.5
blue
727-223 ➍
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
for
DIN 35 x 15
727-233 ➍ 50
<_____________ 126 mm /4.96 in _____________>
Item
No.
without
for
locking clips DIN 35 x 7.5
blue
727-224 ➍
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
for
DIN 35 x 15
727-234 ➍ 50
Appropriate marking system WMB/WSB (see W4, volume 1, section 14)
4-level end plate,
without printing
4-level end plate,
numeric printing
4-level end plate,
alphanumeric printing
4-level end plate,
numeric printing
4-level end plate,
alphanumeric printing
Wire harness support,
see also W4, volume 1, page 11.19
WSB Double marker carrier,
for I/O markings
in the terminal block center
Screwless
end stop
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Reducing test plug,
from 4 mm /0.157 in Ø socket
to 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø plug
Wire commoning chain,
insulated, 6 A, 32 connections,
0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
Insulation stop,
8 pcs/strip
0.08–0.14 mm2 “f-st”/0.08–0.2 mm2 “s”
0.14–0.25 mm2 “f-st”/0.25 mm2 “s”
0.25–0.5 mm2 “s + f-st”
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
orange
727-217
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
0 -1- 2 - 3 - - 3 - 2 -1 - 0
727-205
orange
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
a - b - c - d - - d - c - b -a
727-206
orange
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
3-2-1-0- -0-1-2-3
727-207
orange
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
d-c-b-a- -a-b-c-d
727-208
orange
grey
25
50
grey
25
25
249-109
6 mm /0.236 in wide
10 mm /0.394 in wide
25
orange
727-217
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
0 -1- 2 - 3 - - 3 - 2 -1 - 0
727-205
orange
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
a - b - c - d - - d - c - b -a
727-206
orange
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
3-2-1-0- -0-1-2-3
727-207
orange
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
d-c-b-a- -a-b-c-d
727-208
orange
25
4 mm /0.157 in wide
209-128
249-116
249-117
4 mm /0.157 in wide
209-128
100 (4 x 25)
50 (2 x 25)
6 mm /0.236 in wide
10 mm /0.394 in wide
210-137
50 (5 x 10)
red
210-297
100 (4 x 25)
grey
709-107
white
light grey
dark grey
727-197
727-198
727-199
200 (8 x 25)
200 (8 x 25)
200 (8 x 25)
0 -1- 2 - 3 - - 3 - 2 -1 - 0
a - b - c - d - - d - c - b -a
3-2-1-0- -0-1-2-3
d-c-b-a- -a-b-c-d
. . . - . . . / 021-000
. . . - . . . / 022-000
. . . - . . . / 023-000
. . . - . . . / 024-000
** if approved by the works expert
1
25
25
25
25
25
50
249-109
200 (2 x 100)
yellow
➍ Additional item no. for terminal blocks with marking
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
200 (2 x 100)
249-116
249-117
100 (4 x 25)
50 (2 x 25)
yellow
210-137
50 (5 x 10)
red
210-297
100 (4 x 25)
grey
709-107
white
light grey
dark grey
727-197
727-198
727-199
1
200 (8 x 25)
200 (8 x 25)
200 (8 x 25)
6
Ex i 8-Level Terminal Blocks for Matrix Patching 1.5 mm2 / AWG 16,
Series 727
2 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm2 2 x AWG 28 – 16
300 V, 10 A U
250 V/4 kV/3 ➊
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
Terminal block width 7.62 mm / 0.3 in
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
2
2 x AWG 28 – 16
2 x 0.08 – 1.5 mm
300 V, 10 A U
250 V/4 kV/3 ➊
10 A
300 V, 10 A 2
Terminal block width 7.62 mm / 0.3 in
L 8 – 10 mm / 0.35 in
*4
<___ 58.5 mm /2.3 in __>
<_______ 76 mm /2.99 in _______>
*4
9
Ex i**
application
➊ 250 V
➋
60 V = peak value
4 kV ∧ table 4, EN 50020
3
(see also W4, volume 1, section 15)
4 x pairs of contacts
on each level
Suitable for Ex i applications
<_____________________________________ 226 mm /8.9 in _____________________________________>
Description
8-level terminal block for matrix patching ➋,
for DIN 35 rail
acc. to EN 60715
Accessories
Item
No.
with
for
locking clips DIN 35 x 7.5
blue
727-123 ➍
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
for
DIN 35 x 15
727-133 ➍ 25
Item
No.
without
for
locking clips DIN 35 x 7.5
blue
727-124 ➍
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
for
DIN 35 x 15
727-134 ➍ 25
Appropriate marking system WMB/WSB (see W4, volume 1, section 14)
8-level end plate,
without printing
numeric printing
alphanumeric printing
numeric printing
alphanumeric printing
Wire harness support,
see also W4, volume 1, page 11.19
WSB Double marker carrier,
for I /O markings
in the terminal block center
WSB Quick marking system,
for I /O markings
in the terminal block center
Screwless
end stop
Test plug, 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø
with cable 500 mm /1’7.7’’
Reducing test plug,
from 4 mm /0.157 in Ø socket
to 2.3 mm /0.091 in Ø plug
Wire commoning chain,
insulated, 6 A, 32 connections,
0.5 mm2, max. 50 V
Insulation stop,
see right page
orange
grey
blue
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
727-117
727-113
727-114
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
0 -1- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7- - 7- 6 - 5 - 4 - 3 - 2 -1 - 0
727-105
727-155
727-159
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
a - b - c - d - e - f - g - h - - h - g - f - e - d - c - b -a
727-106
727-156
727-160
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
7- 6 - 5 - 4 - 3 - 2 - 1 - 0 - - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7
727-107
727-157
727-161
7.62 mm /0.3 in thick
h-g-f-e-d-c-b-a- -a-b-c-d-e-f-g-h
727-108
727-158
727-162
white
light grey
727-115
727-116
25
727-163
727-167
25
727-164
727-168
25
727-165
727-169
25
727-166
727-170
25
grey
grey
249-109
50
4 mm /0.157 in wide
209-128
200 (2 x 100)
209-933 to
209-992
see W4, volume 1, section 14
6 mm /0.236 in wide
10 mm /0.394 in wide
249-116
249-117
5 cards
5 cards
100 (4 x 25)
50 (2 x 25)
4 mm /0.157 in wide
209-128
200 (2 x 100)
209-933 bis
209-992
see W4, volume 1, section 14
6 mm /0.236 in wide
10 mm /0.394 in wide
249-116
249-117
5 cards
5 cards
100 (4 x 25)
50 (2 x 25)
yellow
210-137
50 (5 x 10)
yellow
210-137
50 (5 x 10)
red
210-297
100 (4 x 25)
red
210-297
100 (4 x 25)
grey
709-107
grey
709-107
➍ Additional item no. for terminal blocks with marking
* Notes on approvals see page 10.0 and following.
50
249-109
1
0 -1- 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7- - 7- 6 - 5 - 4 - 3 - 2 -1 - 0
a - b - c - d - e - f - g - h - - h - g - f - e - d - c - b -a
7- 6 - 5 - 4 - 3 - 2 - 1 - 0 - - 0 - 1 - 2 - 3 - 4 - 5 - 6 - 7
h-g-f-e-d-c-b-a- -a-b-c-d-e-f-g-h
** if approved by the works expert
. . . - . . . / 001-000
. . . - . . . / 002-000
. . . - . . . / 003-000
. . . - . . . / 004-000
1
6
7
Shield (Screen) Connecting System
0
The shield (screen) connecting system
from WAGO offers high electrical and
mechanical safety for very flexible
applications.
7
Shield (Screen) Connecting System
Description and Handling – Series 790
Carrier with grounding foot*
45 mm /1.772 in long, busbar parallel to the rail
Item No. 790-114
Carrier with grounding foot*
45 mm /1.772 in long, busbar 90° to the rail
Item No. 790-113
1
Carrier with 2 grounding feet*
125 mm/4.921 in long, busbar parallel to the rail
Item No. 790-115
* for all sizes of shield (screen) clamping saddles
Applications
– on special slotted carrier rail
– carrier with grounding foot, busbar parallel to
the rail
– insulated mounting carriers for a common shield
(screen) reference potential, independent of the
housing potential
7
– U-shaped copper busbar
10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in)
– snap into any metal plate up to max. thickness
3 mm /0.118 in
0
<___14___>
- 10
- 20
- 30
- 40
- 50
- 60
Admissible limiting value
- 70
- 80
- 90
-100
0,01
0,1
1
10
100
MHz
>
dB
max. 3
<_____
Hole dimensions for panel mounting
The WAGO shield
(screen) connecting Shield (screen)
(___X___)
> 4 <
system is highly
clamping saddle size
effective because
Distance X
the clamping unit
11 mm
9.5 mm
can be brought
Distance Y
very close to the
19 mm
17.5 mm
unshielded part of
27 mm 25.5 mm
the cable.
<_________Y_________>
43 mm 41.5 mm
Additionally, the
spring material is
part of the clamping saddle, giving good electrical connection and compensating
for any deformation in the braiding. The system also acts as a partial strain relief.
>2<
Negative shield (screen) attenuation
7
Shield (Screen) Clamping Saddles
2
Shield (screen) clamping saddle,
11 mm / 0.433 in wide
For conductors with a diameter of up to
8 mm / 0.315 in
Shield (screen) clamping saddle,
19 mm / 0.748 in wide
For conductors with a diameter of
7 mm / 0.276 in to 16 mm / 0.63 in
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
Shield (screen) clamping saddle, 11 mm/0.433 in wide
up to 8 mm /0.315 in
790-108
50
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
Shield (screen) clamping saddle, 19 mm /0.748 in wide
7 mm /0.276 in to 16 mm /0.63 in
790-116
50
45 mm /1.772 in long
45 mm /1.772 in long
Note:
Cannot be used for the connection of ground (earth)
conductors!
Description
Shield (screen) clamping saddle, incl. knurled screw
Diameter of connectable conductor
Accessories
Carrier w. grounding foot, bar 90° to
the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118
in), bar a. foot – Cu w. tin plating
Carrier w. grounding foot, bar parallel
to the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm
(0.118 in), bar a. foot – Cu w. tin plating
Carrier w. 2 grounding feet, bar parallel to the rail, 10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm
(0.118 in), bar a. foot – Cu w. tin plating
Carrier rail, special perforated,
1000 mm/3’.3’’ long, Cu with tin
plating, special lengths on request
Stand off, for special perforated
carrier rail, use M 5 size screw
Straight busbar,
10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in),
bar – Cu with tin plating
Insulated mounting foot,
for busbar, with standard screw
M 4 x 8 mm
Insulated mounting foot,
for busbar, with sheet metal screw
(3.5 x 9) mm
U-shaped busbar,
10 mm (0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in),
Cu with tin plating
790-113
25
790-113
25
790-114
25
790-114
25
125 mm /4.921 in long
790-115
25
125 mm /4.921 in long
790-115
25
790-145
1
790-145
1
45 mm /1.772 in long
45 mm /1.772 in long
790-144
200 (2 x 100)
790-144
200 (2 x 100)
1000 mm /3’.3’’ long
210-133
30 mm /1.181 in long 790-133
50 mm /1.969 in long 790-134
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
1000 mm /3’.3’’ long
210-133
30 mm /1.181 in long 790-133
50 mm /1.969 in long 790-134
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
grey
790-100
50 (2 x 25)
grey
790-100
50 (2 x 25)
grey
790-101
50 (2 x 25)
grey
790-101
50 (2 x 25)
Item nos. and dimensions,
see drawing on page 7.3
Item nos. and dimensions,
see drawing on page 7.3
Assembly
Removal
Application notes
The shield (screen) clamping saddle is shipped 쑺
ready for direct connection to the busbar 10 mm
(0.394 in) x 3 mm (0.118 in) or to a drilled mounting plate. After connection, tighten the knurled
screw to complete the installation.
Recommended tightening torque: 0.5 Nm
To remove a shield (screen) clamping saddle, 쑺 쑺
unscrew until ratcheted mechanism is released,
then slightly tip saddle and remove the clamping
saddle.
7
3
Shield (screen) clamping saddle,
27 mm / 1.063 in wide
For conductors with a diameter of
6 mm / 0.236 in to 24 mm / 0.944 in
Shield (screen) clamping saddle,
43 mm / 1.693 in wide
For conductors with a diameter of
22 mm / 0.866 in to 40 mm / 1.575 in
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
Shield (screen) clamping saddle, 27 mm /1.063 in wide
6 mm /0.236 in to 24 mm /0.944 in
790-124
50
Item
Pack.-unit
No.
pcs
Shield (screen) clamping saddle, 43 mm /1.693 in wide
22 mm /0.866 in to 40 mm /1.575 in
790-140
50
45 mm /1.772 in long
45 mm /1.772 in long
790-113
25
790-113
25
790-114
25
790-114
25
125 mm /4.921 in long
790-115
25
125 mm /4.921 in long
790-115
25
790-145
1
790-145
1
45 mm /1.772 in long
200 (2 x 100)
790-144
200 (2 x 100)
1000 mm /3’.3’’ long
210-133
30 mm /1.181 in long 790-133
50 mm /1.969 in long 790-134
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
1000 mm /3’.3’’ long
210-133
30 mm /1.181 in long 790-133
50 mm /1.969 in long 790-134
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
20 (20 x 1)
grey
790-100
50 (2 x 25)
grey
790-100
50 (2 x 25)
grey
790-101
50 (2 x 25)
grey
790-101
50 (2 x 25)
Item nos. and dimensions,
see drawing on on the right
(_10_)
<__B__>
(_C _)
(_C+3_)
(_10,1_)
<__17__>
<_____B_____>
<_______________C_______________>
Dimensions in mm
Pack.unit
Item No.
A
B
C
pcs
790-190
63 60
83
25 (5 x 5)
suitable for I/O module series 750 (5 E /A)
35
83
25 (5 x 5)
790-193
100 35
118
25 (1 x 25)
Item No.
Dimensions in mm
A
B
C
D
E
F
790-108
790-116
790-124
790-140
51
53
78
97
55
57
83
100
42
45
58
73
790-192
63
Removal position
<______________E______________>
Closed position
>6<
790-191
100 60 118
25 (1 x 25)
suitable for I/O module series 750 (8 E /A)
Item nos. and dimensions,
see drawing on on the right
<__________F__________>
<_____________A_____________>
Installation position
delivery state
3
> 15 <_
> 10 <
790-144
<_____________A_____________>
4
> <_
45 mm /1.772 in long
<__D__>
15
15
15
15
8
16
24
40
16
16
16
16
7
Shield (screen) clamps
Note:
Cannot be used for the connection of ground (earth)
conductors!
Item
No.
Shield (screen) clamp
Description
Shield (screen) clamp
Hmax.
40 mm
Diameter of
connectable conductor
1.5 mm to 6.5 mm
B
10 mm
791-107
47 mm
5 mm to 11 mm
17 mm
791-111
63 mm
10 mm to 17 mm
23 mm
791-117
78 mm
16 mm to 24 mm
30 mm
791-124
Application notes
<________25________>
3
> <
4
Shield (Screen) Clamp,
Series 791
<_____________Hmax. _____________>
7
<____B____>
7
5
7
8
0
The I/O Module
The universal basic module
Assembly
Power jumper contacts on the field side Data contacts
Fine modularity for the assembly on
the rail . . . Bus coupler first!
Safe, automatic connection by tinned, self-cleaning
slide contacts, ground (earth) contact makes first
and breaks last
Safe, automatic connection by gold-plated, selfcleaning slide contacts with high contact safety
Wx H*x L (mm) 12 x 65 x100
* from upper edge of carrier rail
. . . secure connection with dovetails
H
Exchange within the assembly
L
W
Quick exchange of a I/O module within the
assembly – without tool
Locking the bus coupler
➊
➊ locking
Accessing the programming interface Don’t forget the end module!
➋
➋ releasing
Accessing the programming interface of the
fieldbus coupler.
For WAGO*CHECK and WAGO*PRO
The end module terminates the fieldbus node
physically and guarantees a safe data
transmission.
8
1
Obvious handling by color coding
Marking of clamping units by colored miniature
WSB markers
yellow
– digital inputs
red
– digital outputs
green
– analog inputs
blue
– analog outputs
colorless – supply and special
function modules
Moulded marking of clamping units
Group marking carrier (can be withdrawn and
replaced) with large area for self marking
Different functions marked by transparent colored group marker carriers
CAGE CLAMP® connection
Status indication
Testing
Vibration-proof, fast and maintenance-free
wiring of 0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 /AWG 28 - 14
Diagnosis and status indication by LED for safe
start-up and system control
Signal tracing with wired conductors
Fuse holder
Function at locked position 1:
Power output to I/O group is off
Pluggable wiring
Function at locked position 2: Easy fuse replacement via hinged cover.
Use UL-Recognized fuses only!
See Full Line Catalog W 5, Volume 3
or at www.wago.com
8
8
2
ECO Fieldbus Coupler, Fieldbus Coupler, Programmable Fieldbus Controller,
Series 750
ECO Fieldbus Coupler*
Fieldbus Coupler*
Programmable Fieldbus Controller*
for digital and analogue signals
0.08 mm2 - 1.5 mm2 / AWG 28 - 14
Voltage supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 50 mm
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.24 in
for digital and analogue signals
0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 - 14
Voltage supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 51 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
for digital and analogue signals
0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 - 14
Voltage supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 51 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Description
Baud rate
Item No.
Description
Baud rate
Item No.
Description
Baud rate
Item No.
PROFIBUS DP ECO
12 MBaud
750-343
PROFIBUS DP/FMS
12 MBaud
750-303
PROFIBUS DP/V1
12 MBaud
750-833
INTERBUS ECO
500 kBaud
750-344
PROFIBUS DP/V1
12 MBaud
750-333
INTERBUS
500 kBaud
750-804
INTERBUS ECO
2 MBaud
750-345
750-331
ETHERNET TCP/IP
10 MBit/s
750-842
DeviceNet ECO
500 kBaud
750-346
PROFIBUS
1.5 MBaud
with fibre optic connection
INTERBUS
500 kBaud
750-304
ETHERNET TCP/IP
10/100 MBit/s
750-841
750-334
DeviceNet
500 kBaud
750-806
750-342
CANopen
10 kBd - 1 MBd
750-837
CANopen ECO MSS 10 kBd - 1 MBd
750-347
10 kBd - 1 MBd
750-348
CANopen ECO
INTERBUS
500 kBaud
with fibre optic connection
ETHERNET TCP/IP
10 MBit/s
ETHERNET TCP/IP
10 MBit/s
750-341
MODBUS RS 485
150 - 19200 Bd
750-812
DeviceNet
500 kBaud
750-306
MODBUS RS 485
1.2 - 115.2 kBd
750-815
CANopen
10 kBd - 1 MBd
750-307
MODBUS RS 232
150 - 19200 Bd
750-814
CANopen
10 kBd - 1 MBd
750-337
MODBUS RS 232
1.2 - 115.2 kBd
750-816
CAL
10 kBd - 1 MBd
750-305
LONWORKS
78 kbps
750-819
MODBUS RS 485
150 - 19200 Bd
750-312
Accessories, Series 750
MODBUS RS 485
1.2 - 115.2 kBd
750-315
Accessories, Fieldbus Controller
Fieldbus connector,
MODBUS RS 232
150 - 19200 Bd
750-314
MODBUS RS 232
1.2 - 115.2 kBd
750-316
Software WAGO-I/O-PRO,
see Full Line Catalog W5
volume 3, page 1.227
CC-Link
156 kBd - 10 MBd 750-310
Firewire
100/200/400 MBd 750-339
LONWORKS
78 kbps
fast and maintenance-free
CAGE CLAMP® connection
PROFIBUS
750-960
with D-Sub male connector, 9-pole
PROFIBUS
750-970
with D-Sub male and female connector, 9-pole
CANopen
750-963
with D-Sub female connector, 9-pole
INTERBUS (IN)
750-961
with D-Sub female connector, 9-pole
INTERBUS (OUT)
750-962
with D-Sub male connector, 9-pole
CC-Link
750-965
with D-Sub male connector, 9-pole
750-319
Data exchange coupler
750-319/004-000
(Peer-to-peer)
78 kbps
II/O-LIGHTBUS
2.5 MBaud
750-300
Only for digital signals:
II/O-LIGHTBUS
2.5 MBaud
750-320
You can find more accessories in the Full Line Catalog
* For approvals see page 8.6 and following. Please also find technical data in Full Line Catalog W5, volume 3 or at www.wago.com
8
Industrial Compact PC, Series 758
Digital Input Modules and Digital Output Modules, Series 750
Industrial Compact PC*
2
2
Digital Input Modules (DI)*
Digital Output Modules (DO)*
0.08 mm - 2.5 mm / AWG 28 - 16
Voltage supply 24 V (-25%..+30%)
Dimensions 172 x 65 x 100 mm
0.08 mm - 2.5 mm / AWG 28 - 16
Voltage supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 12;24 mm / 0.472;0.945 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 - 16
Voltage supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 12;24 mm / 0.472;0.945 in
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Description
Description
Voltage
Description
Voltage
4-channel DI
DC 5 V, 0.2 ms
750-414
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 3 ms,
750-400
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.2 ms,
750-401
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 3 ms,
750-410
high-side switching, proximity switch
DC 24 V, 0.2 ms,
750-411
high-side switching, proximity switch
DC 24 V, 3 ms,
750-418
high-side switching, diagn./acknol.
DC 24 V, 3 ms,
750-419
high-side switching, diagnostic
DC 24 V, 3 ms,
750-402
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.2 ms,
750-403
high-side switching
DC 24 V
750-432
high-side switching
DC 24 V
750-433
high-side switching
DC 24 V,
750-422
high-side switching, puls extension
DC 24 V, 3 ms,
750-408
low-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.2 ms,
750-409
low-side switching
DC 24 V, 3 ms,
750-430
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.2 ms,
750-431
high-side switching
AC/DC 24 V, 20 ms 750-415
4-channel DO
DC 5 V, 20 mA
750-519
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.5 A,
750-501
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 2 A,
750-502
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.5 A,
750-506
high-side switching, diagnostic
DC 24 V, 2 A,
750-507
high-side switching, diagnostic
DC 24 V, 0.5 A,
750-504
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.5 A,
750-531
high-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.5 A,
750-516
low-side switching
DC 24 V, 0.5 A
750-530
high-side switching
AC/DC 230 V,
750-509
SSR 0.3 A
AC/DC 230 V,
750-522
SSR 3.0 A (< 30 s)
AC 125 V, 0,5 A
750-514
2 changeover contacts (SPDT)
AC 250 V, 1.0 A
750-517
2 changeover contacts (SPDT)
AC 250 V, 2.0 A
750-512
2 make contacts, non-floating
AC 250 V, 2.0 A
750-513
2 make contacts, isolated outputs
AC 230 V, 16 A
750-523
1 make contact, bistable
Item No.
WAGO-I/O-IPC
758-870
Industrial compact PC
Interfaces:
LAN
2 x 10Base-T/100Base-TX
Fieldbus (option)
Serial
1 x COM 1, RS 232 compliant
USB
2 x USB-Ports acc. to specification 1.1
Digital input
2 x DI, isolated
Digital output
2 x DO, isolated
WAGO-I/O-IPC
with PROFIBUS Master
758-870/000-001
WAGO-I/O-IPC
with CANopen Master
758-870/000-002
WAGO-I/O-IPC
with DeviceNet Master
758-870/000-003
2
3
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
4-channel DI
4-channel DI
4-channel DI
4-channel DI
2-channel DI
4-channel DI
4-channel DI
8-channel DI
8-channel DI
4-channel DI
4-channel DI
4-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2-channel DI
2
AC/DC 24 V, 50 ms
power contacts
AC/DC 42 V
Item No.
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
4-channel DO
4-channel DO
4-channel DO
8-channel DO
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
2-channel DO
1-channel DO
750-423
750-428
DC 48 V, 3 ms
750-412
high-side switching
DC 110 V
750-427
high-side or low-side switching
AC 230 V
750-405
high-side switching
AC 120 V
750-406
NAMUR
750-425
DC 24 V,
750-424
intruder detection
* For approvals see page 8.6 and following. Please also find technical data in Full Line Catalog W5,volume 3 or at www.wago.com
Item No.
8
8
4
Analog Input Modules, Analog Output Modules, Specialty Modules
Series 750
Analog input modules (AI)*
2
Analog output modules (AO)*
2
0.08 mm - 2.5 mm / AWG 28 - 16
Power supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 12 mm
24 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 - 16
Power supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 12 mm 24 mm 48 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Description
Description
Item No.
Description
Up/down counter
750-404
DC 24 V, 100 kHz
2-channel up/down counter
750-638
DC 24 V, 500 Hz
2-channel pulse width output module 750-511
DC 24 V, 0.1 A
SSI transmitter interface
750-630
24 bits, 125 kHz, Gray
Incremental encoder interface
750-631
16 bit counter
Incremental encoder interface
750-637
32 bit counter, RS 422 connection
Digital impulse interface
750-635
for magnetostrictive distance measurement sensors
Serial interface RS 232 C
750-650
1200 - 19200 baud
Serial interface RS 485
750-653
1200 - 19200 baud
TTY interface 20 mA
750-651
Current loop
Data exchange module
750-654
62500 baud
DALI/DSI master module
750-641
2-channel AI
0 - 20 mA
750-452
Differential inputs
4 - 20 mA
750-454
Differential inputs
0 - 20 mA
750-465
Single-ended
4 - 20 mA
750-466
Single-ended
0 - 20 mA, 16 Bit
750-472
Single-ended
4 - 20 mA, 16 Bit
750-474
Single-ended
0 - 20 mA
750-453
Single-ended
4 - 20 mA
750-455
Single-ended
0 - 20 mA,
750-480
Differential inputs
4 - 20 mA,
750-492
Differential inputs
0 - 1 A AC/DC
750-475
Differential inputs
0 - 10 V AC/DC
750-477
Differential inputs
0 - 10 V DC
750-467
Single-ended
0 - 10 V DC
750-468
Single-ended
±10 V DC, 16 Bit
750-476
Single-ended
0 - 10 V DC, 16 Bit
750-478
Single-ended
±10 V DC
750-457
Single-ended
0 - 10 V DC
750-459
Single-ended
±10 V DC
750-456
Differential inputs
±10 V DC
750-479
Differential measurement input
±10 V DC
750-483
Differential measurement input
Pt100 / RTD
750-461
4-channel AI
Pt100 / RTD
750-460
2-channel AI
Thermocouple
K/Diagnostic
DMS
750-469
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
4-channel AI
4-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
4-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
4-channel AI
4-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
2-channel AI
1-channel AI
2
Specialty modules*
0.08 mm - 2.5 mm / AWG 28 - 16
Power supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 12 mm 24 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Item No.
2
2-channel AO
0 - 20 mA
750-552
2-channel AO
4 - 20 mA
750-554
2-channel AO
0 - 10 V
750-550
2-channel AO
±10 V
750-556
4-channel AO
±10 V
750-557
4-channel AO
0 - 10 V
750-559
2-channel AO
0 - 10 V, 24 V
750-560
Item No.
Radio receiver module
750-642
AS-Interface master module
750-655
750-491
* For approvals see page 8.6 and following. Please also find technical data in Full Line Catalog W5,volume 3 or at www.wago.com
8
PROFIsafe Modules, Intrinsically Safe Modules,
System Modules, Series 750
PROFIsafe Modules*
2
5
Intrinsically Safe Modules EEx i*
2
2
System Modules*
0.08 mm - 2.5 mm / AWG 28 - 16
Power supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 24 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
0.08 mm - 2.5 mm / AWG 28 - 16
Power supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 12 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
0.08 mm2 - 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 - 16
Power supply 24 V (-15%..+20%)
Module width 12 mm 24 mm
L 8 – 9 mm / 0.33 in
Description
Description
Description
Item No.
Internal data bus extension
end module
Internal data bus extension
coupler module
Supply module
DC 24 V, passive
Supply module
AC/DC 0-230 V, passive
Supply module
DC 24 V, with fuse carrier
Supply module
AC 230 V, with fuse carrier
Supply module
AC 120 V, with fuse carrier
Supply module
DC 24 V, with fuse carrier, diagnostics
Supply module
AC 230 V, with fuse carrier, diagnostics
Supply module
DC 24 V, with bus power supply
Overvoltage protection module
for field side power supply
Filter module
for system and field side power supply
Field side connection module
AC/DC 0-230 V
Field side connection module
DC 24 V
Field side connection module
DC 0 V
Binary spacer module
with power supply
Separation module
750-627
Item No.
Input module
750-660/000-001
8 inputs cat. 2/SIL 2 or 4 inputs cat. 4/SIL 3
Output module
750-665/000-001
4 outputs cat. 2/SIL 2 or 2 outputs cat. 4/SIL 3
4 inputs cat. 2/SIL 2 or 2 inputs cat. 4/SIL 3
Power switch module
750-666/000-001
1 output cat. 2/SIL 2 or 1 output cat. 3/SIL 2
2 outputs cat. 2/SIL 2 or 1 output cat. 4/SIL 3
2 inputs cat. 2/SIL 2 or 1 input cat. 4/SIL 3
2
Item No.
1-channel digital input module
750-435
NAMUR, EEx i
2-channel digital input module
750-438
NAMUR, EEx i
2-channel digital output module
750-535
DC 24 V, EEx i
2-channel analog input module
750-485
Single ended, 4 - 20 mA, EEx i
2-channel analog output module
750-585
0 - 20 mA, EEx i
2-channel analog input
750-481/003-000
RTD EEx i
Supply module
750-625
with fuse carrier, EEx i
Safe PLC
Zone 2
PROFIBUS DP with PROFIsafe
Standard IO
Safe IO
Safe IO
Standard IO
PROFIBUS
RUN
A
BF
B
A
C
A
C
B
D
DIA
A
A
C
B
D
C
B
A
C
D
I/O
USR
78
23
901
456
x10
+
B
D
—
—
A
C
B
B
D
A
C
B
D
A
C
B
D
A
C
B
D
C
B
D
D
T 6,3 A
250 V
750-833
ADDRESS
x1
+
A
A
C
B
D
24V 0V
BUS
+
+
—
—
w
PE PE
78
23
901
456
Zone 1
6
IN
750-628
750-602
750-612
750-601
750-609
750-615
750-610
750-611
750-613
750-624
750-626
750-614
750-603
750-604
750-622
750-616
OUT
4
4
4
4
Separation module
DC 24 V, AC 230 V
Separation module
with contacts
End module
4
K
NOT
K
AUS
M
Zone 0
WAGO PROFIsafe modules can be used in safety applications up to category 4 in accordance with EN 954-1
or SIL 3 according to base standard IEC 61508 and
AK 6 (DIN V 19250).
The WAGO%SYSTEM 750 can be used in
hazardous areas of zone 2.
A direct connection to the sensors and actuators of
zones 0 and 1 is now also possible.
Status, configuration and diagnostics are available in
every module.
* For approvals see page 8.6 and following. Please also find technical data in Full Line Catalog W5,volume 3 or at www.wago.com
750-616/030-000
750-621
750-600
8
8
6
Approvals Overview WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Variations available upon request (item no. with extension /...-...)
r
ABS
g
0
/
C
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
03-HG374860 /1-PDA
05-ES 578983-X
BV (Bureau Veritas)
13453 /AO BV
DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
A-9334; Cl. B
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
40 197-01 HH;
20 728-04 HH; Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)
26 116-05 HH;
LR (Lloyd’s Register)
02 /20026; Env. 1, 2, 3, 4
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale)
MAC30402CS1
C
4
E175199, UL 508
UL US
E198726, UL 1604
UL US
KEMA, DEMKO
01ATEX1024 X, 02ATEX132273 X
TÜV (Ex i)
02ATEX1875 X
Item No. Article description
Fieldbus coupler/
controller
750-300
750-303
750-304
750-305
750-306
750-307
750-310
750-312
750-313
750-314
750-315
750-316
750-319
750-320
750-323
750-324
750-327
750-331
750-333
750-334
750-337
750-339
750-341
750-342
750-343
750-344
750-345
750-346
750-347
750-348
II/O-LIGHTBUS
PROFIBUS DP /FMS 12 MBaud
INTERBUS 500 kBaud
CAN CAL
DeviceNet
CANopen
CC-Link
MODBUS RS 485 (150 ... 19200 Baud)
CAN SDS
MODBUS RS 232 (150 ... 19200 Baud)
MODBUS RS 485 (1.2 ... 115.2 kBaud)
MODBUS RS 232 (1.2 ... 115.2 kBaud)
]
II/O-LIGHTBUS (Digital)
PROFIBUS DP 12 MBaud (Digital)
INTERBUS 500 kBaud (Digital)
CANopen (Digital)
PROFIBUS DP 1,5 MBaud (LWL)
PROFIBUS DP /V1 12 MBaud
INTERBUS 500 kBaud (LWL)
CANopen
Firewire
ETHERNET TCP /IP 100 MBit
ETHERNET TCP /IP 10 MBit
PROFIBUS DP ECO 12 MBaud
INTERBUS ECO 500 kBaud
INTERBUS ECO 2 MBaud
DeviceNet ECO
CANopen ECO MSS
CANopen ECO
750-804
750-806
750-812
750-814
750-815
750-816
750-819
750-833
750-837
750-841
750-842
INTERBUS controller
DeviceNet controller
MODBUS controller RS 485 (150 ... 19200 Baud)
MODBUS controller RS 232 (150 ... 19200 Baud)
MODBUS controller RS 485 (1.2 ... 115.2 kBaud)
MODBUS controller RS 232 (1.2 ... 115.2 kBaud)
] controller
PROFIBUS DP /V1 controller
CANopen controller
ETHERNET controller 100 MBit /s
ETHERNET controller 10 MBit /s
1)
Subject to design changes
Attention: The 750-626 filter module is absolutely necessary!
Ex
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ship specific approvals
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x1)
x
x
x
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x
x
x
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x
x
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
x1)
UL
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
see
page
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Internet
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
Internet
Internet
on request
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8.2
8
7
r
ABS
g
0
/
C
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
03-HG374860 /1-PDA
05-ES 578983-X
BV (Bureau Veritas)
13453 /AO BV
DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
A-9334; Cl. B
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
40 197-01 HH;
20 728-04 HH; Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)
26 116-05 HH;
LR (Lloyd’s Register)
02 /20026; Env. 1, 2, 3, 4
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale)
MAC30402CS1
C
4
E175199, UL 508
UL US
1
E198726, UL 1604
UL US
KEMA, DEMKO
01ATEX1024 X, 02ATEX132273 X
TÜV (Ex i)
02ATEX1875 X
see
Item No. Article description
Digital input
modules
Digital output
modules
750-400
750-401
750-402
750-403
750-405
750-406
750-408
750-409
750-410
750-411
750-412
750-414
750-415
750-418
750-419
750-421
750-422
750-423
750-424
750-425
750-427
750-430
750-431
750-432
750-433
750-435
750-438
2DI 24V DC, 3.0ms
2DI 24V DC, 0.2ms
4DI 24V DC, 3.0ms
4DI 24V DC, 0.2ms
2DI 230V AC
2DI 120V AC
4DI 24V DC, 3.0ms, low side switch
4DI 24V DC, 0.2ms, low side switch
2DI 24V DC, 3.0ms, proximity switch
2DI 24V DC, 0.2ms, proximity switch
2DI 48V DC, 3.0ms
4DI 5V DC, 0.2ms
4DI 24V AC/DC 20ms
2DI 24V DC, 3.0ms, diagn., acknowl.
2DI 24V DC, 0.2ms, diagn.
2DI 24V DC, diagn.
2DI 24V DC, pulse extension
4DI 24V AC/DC, 50ms, power contacts
2DI 24V DC, intruder detection
2DI NAMUR
2DI 110V DC
8DI 24V DC, 3.0ms
8DI 24V DC, 0.2ms
4DI 24V DC
4DI 24V DC
1DI NAMUR EEx i
2DI NAMUR EEx i
750-501
750-502
750-504
750-506
750-507
750-509
750-512
750-513
750-514
750-516
750-517
750-519
750-522
750-523
750-530
750-531
750-535
2DO 24V DC, 0.5A
2DO 24V DC, 2.0A
4DO 24V DC, 0.5A
2DO 24V DC, 0.5A, diagn.
2DO 24V DC, 2.0A, diagn.
2DO 230V AC, 0.3A, SSR
2DO 230V AC, 2.0A, rel. 2 NO
2DO 230V AC, 2.0A, rel. 2 NO, pot. free
2DO 125V AC, 0.5A, rel. 2 CO, pot. free
4DO 24V DC, 0.5A, low side switch
2DO 230V AC, 1.0A, rel. 2 CO, pot. free
4DO 5V DC, 20mA
2DO 230V AC, 3.0A, 30s, SSR
1DO 230V AC, 16A, rel. 1NO, pot. free
8DO 24V DC, 0.5A
4DO 24V DC, 0.5A
2DO 24V DC, EEx i
4)
Ex
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ship specific approvals
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x4)
x4)
x4)
Only use this module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module (750-625)
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W5, volume 3, page 1.40!)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
UL page
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x on request
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
x
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.11
8.12
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.3
8.13
8
8
8
Approvals Overview WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Variations available upon request (item no. with extension /...-...)
r
ABS
g
0
/
C
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
03-HG374860 /1-PDA
05-ES 578983-X
BV (Bureau Veritas)
13453 /AO BV
DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
A-9334; Cl. B
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
40 197-01 HH;
20 728-04 HH; Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)
26 116-05 HH;
LR (Lloyd’s Register)
02 /20026; Env. 1, 2, 3, 4
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale)
MAC30402CS1
C
4
E175199, UL 508
UL US
E198726, UL 1604
UL US
KEMA, DEMKO
01ATEX1024 X, 02ATEX132273 X
TÜV (Ex i)
02ATEX1875 X
see
Item No. Article description
Analog input
modules
Analog output
modules
750-452
750-453
750-454
750-455
750-456
750-457
750-459
750-460
750-461
750-462
750-465
750-466
750-467
750-468
750-469
750-472
750-474
750-475
750-476
750-478
750-479
750-480
750-481
003-000
750-483
750-485
750-492
750-550
750-552
750-554
750-556
750-557
750-559
750-585
4)
Subject to design changes
2AI 0 – 20mA, differential input
4AI 0– 20mA, single ended
2AI 4 – 20mA, differential input
4AI 4 – 20mA, single ended
2AI ± 10V DC
4AI ± 10V DC, single ended
4AI 0-10V DC, single ended
4AI Resistance Temperature Device (RTD)
2AI Resistance Temperature Device (RTD)
2AI thermocouple (TC)
2AI 0 – 20mA, single ended
2AI 4 – 20mA, single ended
2AI 0 – 10V DC, single ended
4AI 0 – 10V DC, single ended
2AI thermocouple (TC) diagn.
2AI 0 – 20mA, 16 bits, single ended
2AI 4 – 20mA, 16 bits, single ended
2AI 0– 1A AC/DC, differential input
2AI ±10V DC, 16 bits, single ended
2AI 0 – 10V DC, 16 bits, single ended
2AI ± 10V DC, differential measurement input
2AI 0 – 20mA, differential measurement input
2AI RTD, EEx i
2AI 0 – 30V DC
2AI 4 – 20mA, EEx i
2AI 4 – 20mA, differential measurement input
2AO 0 – 10V DC
2AO 0 – 20mA
2AO 4 – 20mA
2AO ±10V DC
4AO ± 10V DC
4AO 0-10V DC
2AO 0– 20mA, EEx i
Ex
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ship specific approvals
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
UL page
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x aon request
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x
8.4
x4)
x
x4)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x4)
Only use this module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module (750-625)
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W5, volume 3, page 1.40!)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
8.15
8.4
8.14
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.16
8
9
r
ABS
g
0
/
C
ABS (American Bureau of Shipping)
03-HG374860 /1-PDA
05-ES 578983-X
BV (Bureau Veritas)
13453 /AO BV
DNV (Det Norske Veritas)
A-9334; Cl. B
GL (Germanischer Lloyd)
40 197-01 HH;
20 728-04 HH; Cat. A, B, C, D (EMC 1)
26 116-05 HH;
LR (Lloyd’s Register)
02 /20026; Env. 1, 2, 3, 4
RINA (Registro Italiano Navale)
MAC30402CS1
C
4
E175199, UL 508
UL US
1
E198726, UL 1604
UL US
KEMA, DEMKO
01ATEX1024 X, 02ATEX132273 X
TÜV (Ex i)
02ATEX1875 X
Item No. Article description
Specialty modules
System modules
750-404
750-511
750-630
750-631
750-635
750-637
750-638
750-650
750-651
750-653
750-654
Up /down counter, 100kHz
2 DO, 24V DC, 0.1A, pulse width
SSI transmitter interface
Incremental encoder interface, 16 bits
Digital pulse interface
Incremental encoder interface, 32 bits
Up /down counter, 500kHz
Serial interface RS 232 C
TTY interface
Serial interface RS 485
Data exchange module
750-600
750-601
750-602
750-604
750-609
750-610
750-611
750-612
750-613
750-614
750-615
750-616
750-621
750-622
750-624
750-625
750-626
End module
Supply module 24V DC /fuse
Supply module 24V DC
Field side connection module
Supply module 230V AC /fuse
Supply module 24V DC /fuse /diagn.
Supply module 230V AC /fuse /diagn.
Supply module 0-230V AC/DC
Internal system supply module 24V DC
Field side connection module, 0 -230V AC /DC
Supply module 120V AC /fuse
Separation module
Separation module with contacts
Binary spacer module with power supply
Overvoltage protection, field side power supply
Supply module 24V DC EEx i
Filter module, system and field side power supply
1)
Ex
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Ship specific approvals
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x2)
x2)
x
x2)
x2)
x
x2)
x2)
x
x2)
x2)
x
x2)
x2)
x
x2)
x2)
x
x2)
x
x3)
x1)
x
x
x2)
x
x3)
x1)
x
x
x2)
x
x3)
x1)
x
x
x2)
x
x3)
x1)
x
x
x2)
x
x3)
x1)
x
x
x2)
x
x3)
x1)
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Attention: The 750-626 filter module is absolutely necessary!
Attention: The 750-624 filter module is absolutely necessary!
3)
Attention: The 750-626 filter module is absolutely necessary for the supply of 24 V DC!
2)
UL
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
see
page
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.4
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.5
8.17
8.5
8
8
10
Fieldbus Technology
for Applications in Hazardous Environments.
WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750
Today’s development shows that many chemical and petrochemical companies have production plants, production and
process automation machines in operation which use gas-air or dust-air mixtures which can be explosive. For this reason,
the electrical components used in such plants and systems must not pose a risk of explosion resulting in injury to persons
or damage to property.
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 is designed for use in both hazardous and non-hazardous environments.
Using the fieldbus technology in hazardous environments can be very time consuming and cost intensive and is only
made possible in a limited way. When used in hazardous areas of Zone 2, the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 offers a safe,
easy and economical connection to the sensors and actuators of Zones 0 and 1.
The Ex i I/O modules were specially developed for this purpose. They build up an intrinsically safe section, which can be
integrated into a standard fieldbus node, offering all the advantages of a state-of-the-art fieldbus technology (e.g. fieldbus independency, flexibility, modularity, programmability, reliability, cost effectiveness).
Further information:
Flyer: 0888-0567/0001-0101 Fieldbus Technology for Applications in Hazardous Environments
Subject to design changes
750-435
1-Channel Digital Input Module NAMUR, EEx i
8
Proximity sensor acc. to DIN EN 50227
11
750
13 14
Status DI
Error DI
Data contacts
E1
1
5
DI
DI
DI
330pF
2
Evaluation
6
24 V
24 V
A
3
+
10nF
7
0V
0V
+
4
UV
4,7nF
Error
Status
330pF
8
UV
Sensor
supply
UV
750-435
750-435
Power jumper contacts
Delivery without Mini WSB marker *
The digital input module receives the binary signals from sensors operating in hazardous environments of Zones 0 and 1. Namur sensors, optocouplers, mechanical contacts (in conjunction with resistance coupling module, available as an accessory) or other actuating elements can be connected by means of approved intrinsically safe devices.
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 has to be installed in Zone 2 or in non-hazardous environments.
Each sensor is supplied with a short-circuit-protected 8.2 V supply.
Indicators:
Green LED (signal on /off)
Red LED
(short circuit, wire breakage)
An optocoupler is used for electrical isolation between the bus and the field side.
Note:
Only use the digital input module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module 750-625
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W 5, volume 3, page 1.40)!
General information (e.g. installation regulations) on explosion protection is available in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 manuals!
Description
Item No.
1DI NAMUR EEx i
750-435
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Explosion Protection
Ex directive
Marking
Electric circuit, safety relevant data
Intrinsically Safe
L0
C0
94 /9 /EC
EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021
4 II 3 (1) GD EEx nA [ia] IIC /IIB T4
U0 = 12 V; I0 = 16 mA
P0 = 48 mW; characteristic: linear
EEx ia IIB
560 mH
9 μF
EEx ia IIC
180 mH
1.4 μF
Standards and Guidelines
EC EMC guideline
NAMUR recommendation
89/336/EEC
73/23/EWG
Approvals
TÜV 02ATEX1875 X
Conformity marking
Accessories
Resistance coupling module 288-936
* Miniature WSB quick marking system
248-501
plain
with marking
see page 8.18
Subject to design changes
Sensor supply
Signal current (0)
Signal current (1)
Switching hysteresis
Input filter
Short-circuit current
Short-circuit detection
Open-circuit detection
Current consumption typ (field side)
Open-circuit voltage
Input resistance
Input pulse duration
Input pulse separation
Power consumption Pmax
Power loss Pv
Isolation
Internal bit width
Series 750
Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
see page 8.7
1
Item-No.
Technical Data
No. of inputs
Current consumption typ (internal)
Voltage via power jumper contacts
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
5
Width
Weight
EMC 1 -Immunity to interference
EMC 1 -Emission of interference
1
2.5 mA
Supply via
DC 24.7 V EEx i supply module ( 750-625 )
Uv = DC 8.2 V
≤ 1.2 mA
≥ 2.1 mA
0.2 mA
3 ms
≤ 8.2 mA
> 6.4 mA
< 0.2 mA
13 mA + load
DC 8.2 V
1 kΩ
≥ 5 ms
≥ 3 ms
0.5 W
0.5 W
UM = 375 V system /supply
2 bits
-1 bit input
-1 bit error (short circuit /open circuit)
0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2; AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm /0.33 in stripped length
12 mm
ca 55 g
acc. to EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
acc. to EN 61000-6-4 (2002)
8
750-438
8
12
750
2-Channel Digital Input Module NAMUR, EEx i
Proximity sensor acc. to DIN EN 50227
13 14
Status DI 1
Status DI 2
Data contacts
E1 E2
DI 1
DI 1
DI 2
1
5
2
6
DI 2
DI
330pF
24 V
A
+
24 V
3
10 nF
7
0V
0V
+
UV 1
UV 2
Sensor
supply
Status
4,7nF
+
UV 1
Evaluation
4
8
UV 2
UV
330pF
750-438
750-438
Power jumper contacts
Delivery without Mini WSB marker *
The digital input module receives the binary signals from sensors operating in hazardous environments of Zones 0 and 1.
Namur sensors,optocouplers,mechanical contacts or other actuating elements can be connected by means of approved intrinsically safe devices.
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 has to be installed in Zone 2 or in non-hazardous environments.
Each sensor is supplied with a short-circuit-protected 8.2 V supply.
Indicators:
Green LED (signal on /off)
An optocoupler is used for electrical isolation between the bus and the field side.
Note:
Only use the digital input module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module 750-625
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W 5, volume 3, page 1.40)!
General information (e.g.installation regulations)on explosion protection is available in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 manuals!
Description
Item No.
2DI NAMUR EEx i
750-438
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Explosion Protection
Ex directive
Marking
Electric circuit, safety relevant data
Intrinsically Safe
L0
C0
94 /9 /EG
EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021
4 II 3 (1) GD EEx nA [ia] IIC /IIB T4
U0 = 12 V; I0 = 13,5 mA
P0 = 40.5 mW; characteristic: linear
EEx ia IIB
600 mH
9 μF
EEx ia IIC
190 mH
1.4 μF
Standards and Guidelines
EC EMC guideline
NAMUR recommendation
89/336/EWG
73/23/EWG
see page 8.7
1
Accessories
Item-No.
* Miniature WSB quick marking system
248-501
plain
with marking
see page 8.18
Subject to design changes
No. of input
Current consumption (internal)
Voltage via power jumper contacts
Sensor supply Uv
Signal current (0)
Signal current (1)
Switching hysteresis
Input filter
Short-circuit current
Current consumption typ.(field side)
Open-circuit voltage
Input resistance
Input pulse duration
Input pulse separation
Power consumption Pmax
Power loss Pv
Isolation (peak value)
Internal bit width
Series 750
Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
Width
Weight
EMC 1 -Immunity to interference
EMC 1 -Emission of interference
Approvals
TÜV 02ATEX1875 X
Conformity marking
Technical Data
Pack.-unit
pcs
5
1
2.5 mA
Supply via
DC 24.7 V EEx i supply module ( 750-625 )
DC 8.2 V
≤ 1.2 mA
≥ 2.1 mA
0.2 mA
3 ms
≤ 8.2 mA
16 mA + load
DC 8.2 V
1 kΩ
≥ 5 ms
≥ 3 ms
0.40 W
0.40 W
UM = 375 V system /supply
2 bits (status)
0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2; AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm /0.33 in stripped length
12 mm
ca 48.5 g
acc. to EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
acc. to EN 61000-6-4 (2002)
750-535
2-Channel Digital Output Module DC 24 V, EEx i
8
short-circuit-protected; PNP-positive switching
13
750
13 14
Status
DO 1
Status
DO 2
A1 A2
Data contacts
1
DO 1
5
DO
DO 2
DO 1
DO 2
2
6
24 V
24 V
—
—
DO
3
10 nF
7
0V
0V
0V
4,7 nF
4
8
750-535
750-535
Power jumper contacts
Delivery without Mini WSB marker *
The digital output module directly controls 2 actuators operating in hazardous environments of Zone 1, such as intrinsically safe magnetic valves.
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 has to be installed in Zone 2 or in non-hazardous environments.
All outputs are electronically short-circuit-protected.
Indicators:
Green LED
(output status)
Each input is electrically isolated from the bus by use of optocouplers.
Note:
Only use the digital input module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module 750-625
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W 5, volume 3, page 1.40)!
General information (e.g. installation regulations) on explosion protection is available in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 manuals!
Description
Item No.
2DO 24V DC EEx i
750-535
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Explosion Protection
Ex directive
Marking
Electric circuit, safety relevant data
Intrinsically Safe
L0
C0
94 /9 /EC
EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021
4 II 3 (2) GD EEx nA [ib] IIC /IIB T4
U0 = 27.3 V; I0 = 106 mA
P0 = 723 mW; characteristic: linear
EEx ib IIB
12 mH
680 nF
EEx ib IIC
3 mH
88 nF
Width
Weight
EMC 1 -Immunity to interference
EMC 1 -Emission of interference
89/336/EEC
73/23/EWG
Approvals
TÜV 02ATEX1875 X
Conformity marking
see page 8.7
1
Accessories
Item-No.
* Miniature WSB quick marking system
plain
248-501
with marking
see page 8.18
Subject to design changes
Type of load
Switching rate max
Output data
Power consumption Pmax
Power loss Pv
Isolation
Input current typ (field side)
Internal bit width
Series 750
Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
Standards and Guidelines
EC EMC guideline
NAMUR recommendation
Technical Data
No. of outputs
Current consumption (internal)
Voltage via power jumper contacts
Pack.-unit
pcs
5
2
7 mA
Supply via
DC 24.7 V EEx i supply module ( 750-625 )
resistive, inductive, lamps
1 kHz
DC 24 V, Ri = 285 Ω
2.1 W (with an output current of 40 mA)
1.1 W (with an output current of 40 mA)
UM = 375 V system /supply
8.5 mA /module + load
2 bits
0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2; AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm /0.33 in stripped length
12 mm
ca 55 g
acc. to EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
acc. to EN 61000-6-4 (2002)
8
750-485
8
14
750
2-Channel Analog Input Module 4-20 mA, EEx i
single-ended (S.E.)
13 14
15 16
Function AI 1
Error AI 1
Function AI 2
Error AI 2
+
+
Data contacts
1
UV 1
5 1
5
A
AI
UV 1 /UV 2
UV 2
D
Logic
UV
2
6 2
6
24 V
24 V
Error
E1 E2
Function
AI 1
AI 1 /AI 2
0V
AI 2
S
3
7 3
10 nF
270 pF
7
0V
4,7 nF
S
4
Shield
(screen)
Shield
(screen)
Power jumper contacts
750-485
Shield
(screen)
8 4
8
750-485
Shield
(screen)
Delivery without Mini WSB marker *
The analog input module provides the power to the intrinsically safe transducers located in the hazardous area of Zone 1 and processes their
analog signals
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 has to be installed in Zone 2 or in non-hazardous environments.
The 24 V supply is derived from the power jumper contacts. The transmitter supply is non-inherently electronically short-circuit-protected. The
shield (screen) is directly connected to the DIN rail.
Indicators:
Green LED (signal on/off)
Red LED
(wire breakage, measuring range overflow/underflow)
Each input is electrically isolated from the bus by use of optocouplers.
Note:
Only use the digital input module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module 750-625
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W 5, volume 3, page 1.40)!
General information (e.g. installation regulations) on explosion protection is available in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 manuals!
Description
Item No.
2AI 4-20mA EEx i
750-485
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Explosion Protection
Ex directive
Marking
Electric circuit, safety relevant data
Intrinsically Safe
L0
C0
94 /9 /EC
EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021
4 II 3 (2) GD EEx nA [ib] IIC /IIB T4
U0 = 27.3 V; I0 = 90 mA
P0 = 0.61 W; characteristic: linear
EEx ib IIB
18 mH
680 nF
EEx ib IIC
5 mH
88 nF
Standards and Guidelines
EC EMC guideline
NAMUR recommendation
Current consumption typ. (internal)
Transmitter supply
Signal current
Input resistance
Resolution
Conversion time
Measuring error 25 °C
Temperature coefficient
Power consumption Pmax
Power loss Pv
Isolation
Input current typ (field side)
Bit width
Series 750
Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
89/336/EEC
73/23/EWG
Width
Weight
EMC 1 -Immunity to interference
EMC 1 -Emission of interference
Approvals
TÜV 02ATEX1875 X
Conformity marking
see page 8.8
1
Accessories
Item-No.
* Miniature WSB quick marking system
plain
248-501
with marking
see page 8.18
Subject to design changes
Technical Data
No. of inputs
Voltage via power jumper contacts
Pack.-unit
pcs
5
2
Supply via
DC 24.7 V EEx i supply module ( 750-625 )
31 mA
Uv = 16 V at 20 mA
4 ... 20 mA
< 100 Ω
12 bits
< 2 ms
< ± 0.2 % of the full scale value
< ± 0.01 % /K of the full scale value
1.3 W
0.75 W
UM = 375 V system /supply
11 mA + load
2 x 16 bits data
2 x 8 bits control /status (option)
0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2; AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm /0.33 in stripped length
24 mm
ca 105 g
acc. to EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
acc. to EN 61000-6-4 (2002)
750-481/003-000
750
2-Channel Analog Input Module for Resistance Sensors, EEx i
8
15
13 14
15 16
Function AI 1
Error AI 1
Function AI 2
Error AI 2
+R1 +R2
Data contacts
+R 1/+R 2
2-conductor 3-conductor
+R 2
+R 1
1
5 1
5
2
6 2
6
+R
270 pF
24 V
MUX
A
D
Logic
RL1 RL2
RL 1
RL 1/RL 2
0V
RL 2
–R1 –R2
S
7 3
7
RL
270pF
Error
Function
S
-R1/-R 2
-R 1
-R 2
3
8 4
8
Shield -R
(screen)
10nF
750-481/003-000
Shield(screen)
Power jumper contacts
750-481/003-000
4
Shield
(screen)
Delivery without Mini WSB marker *
The analog input module allows the direct connection of Pt and Ni resistance sensors or potentiometers located in the hazardous area of Zone 0
and 1 and processes their analog signals.
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 has to be installed in Zone 2 or in non-hazardous environments. The 24 V supply is derived from the power jumper
contacts. The transmitter supply is non-inherently electronically short-circuit-protected.
The shield (screen) is directly connected to the DIN rail.
Indicators: Green LED (input signal status on /off), Red LED (short circuit, wire breakage, measuring range overflow/underflow)
Each input is electrically isolated from the bus by use of optocouplers.
Note:
Only use the digital input module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module 750-625
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W 5, volume 3, page 1.40)!
General information (e.g. installation regulations) on explosion protection is available in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 manuals!
Description
Item-No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
2AI RTD EEx i
750-481/003-000
1
Explosion Protection
Ex directive
Marking
Electric circuit, safety relevant data
Intrinsically Safe
L0
C0
94 /9 /EG
EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021
4 II 3 (1) GD EEx nA [ib] IIC /IIB T4
U0 = 7.2 V, I0 = 5.8 mA
P0 = 10.5 W, characteristic: linear
EEx ia IIB
1H
240 nF
EEx ia IIC
0.9 mH
13.5 nF
Standards and Guidelines
EC EMC guideline
NAMUR recommendation
89/336/EWG
73/23/EWG
Approvals
TÜV 02ATEX1875 X
Conformity marking
Accessories
see page 8.8
1
Item-No.
* Miniature WSB quick marking system
248-501
plain
with marking
see page 8.18
Subject to design changes
Technical Data
No. of inputs
Voltage via power jumper contacts
2
Supply via
DC 24.7 V EEx i supply module ( 750-625 )
25 mA
Current consumption typ. (internal)
12 mA
Current consumption typ. 24V)
Measuring current typ.
< 0.5 mA
Sensor types (Version can be set via WAGO-I/O-Check 2 software)
-RTD
Pt 100 (preset)
Pt 200, Pt 500, Pt 1000, Ni 100,
Ni 120, Ni 1000
-Ohmmeter
1.25 k Ω, 5 k Ω
-Potentiometer
1.25 kΩ, 5 kΩ, % linearized
Sensor connection
3-conductor (preset) or 2-conductor
Temperateure range
-200 °C ...+850 °C (Pt),
- 60 °C ...+250 °C (Ni),
- 80 °C ...+320 °C (Ni 120)
Resolution (over entire range)
0.1 °C, 0.1 Ω, 0.1 %
Conversion time
150 ... 500 ms (per channel)
< ± 0.2 % of the full scale value
Measuring error 25 °C
Temperature coefficient
< ± 0.01 % / K of the full scale value
0.45 W
Power consumption P max.
0.45 W
Power loss Pv
Isolation
500 V system /supply
Bit width
2 x 16 Bit Data
2 x 8 Bit control / status (option)
Series 750
Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
Pack.-unit
pcs
5
Width
Weight
EMC 1 -Immunity to interference
EMC 1 -Emission of interference
0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2; AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm /0.33 in stripped length
24 mm
ca. 105 g
acc. to EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
acc. to EN 61000-6-4 (2002)
8
750-585
8
750
2-Channel Analog Output Module 0-20 mA, EEx i
16
13 14
Function
AO 1
15 16
Function
AO 2
A1 A2
Data contacts
1
AO 1
5 1
5
AO
AO 1 /AO 2
AO 2
I
U
A
2
6 2
24 V
24 V
—
Logic
D
6
Function
—
10 nF
3
S
7
0V
4,7 nF
S
4
Shield
(screen)
7 3
0V
0V
Shield
(screen)
Power jumper contacts
750-585
Shield
(screen)
8 4
8
750-585
Shield
(screen)
Delivery without Mini WSB marker *
The analog output module creates intrinsically safe 0-20 mA signals in the hazardous area of Zone 1.
The WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 has to be installed in Zone 2 or in non-hazardous environments.
Outputs are short-circuit-protected.
“Current” analog output modules use power derived from the power jumper contacts.
Indicators:
Green LED (output status)
Each output is electrically isolated from the bus by use of optocouplers.
Note:
Only use the digital input module in connection with the 24 V DC EEx i supply module 750-625
(note the power supply instructions in Full Line Catalog W 5, volume 3, page 1.40)!
General information (e.g. installation regulations) on explosion protection is available in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 manuals!
Description
Item No.
2AO 0-20mA EEx i
750-585
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Explosion Protection
Ex directive
Marking
Electric circuit, safety relevant data
Intrinsically Safe
L0
C0
94 /9 /EC
EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021
4 II 3 (2) GD EEx nA [ib] IIC /IIB T4
U0 = 27.3 V; I0 = 57.5 mA
P0 = 392 mW; characteristic: linear
EEx ib IIB
56 mH
680 nF
EEx ib IIC
11 mH
88 nF
89/336/EEC
73/23/EWG
Width
Weight
EMC 1 -Immunity to interference
EMC 1 -Emission of interference
Approvals
TÜV 02ATEX1875 X
Conformity marking
see page 8.8
1
Accessories
Item-No.
* Miniature WSB quick marking system
248-501
plain
with marking
see page 8.18
Subject to design changes
Signal current
Load impedance
Linearity
Resolution
Conversion time
Measuring error 25 °C
Temperature coefficient
Power consumption Pmax
Power loss Pv
Isolation
Input current typ (field side)
Bit width
Series 750
Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
Standards and Guidelines
EC EMC guideline
NAMUR recommendation
Technical Data
No. of outputs
Current consumption max (internal)
Voltage via power jumper contacts
Pack.-unit
pcs
5
2
21 mA
Supply via
DC 24.7 V EEx i supply module ( 750-625 )
0 ... 20 mA
< 500 Ω
± 2 LSB
12 bits
< 2 ms
< ± 0.2 % of the full scale value
< ± 0.01 % /K of the full scale value
1.5 W
0.9 W
UM = 375 V system /supply
19 mA /module + load (2 x 20 mA)
2 x 16 bits data
0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2; AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm /0.33 in stripped length
24 mm
ca 105 g
acc. to EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
acc. to EN 61000-6-4 (2002)
750-625
Supply Module DC 24 V EEx i
8
with fuse carrier
17
750
A
A
C
B
C
B
D
Status
voltage supply
Input
Output
A
A
C
B
B
D
D
Data contacts
T 0.63 A
1
5 1
5 1
5
1
+
Supply via
Power jumper
contacts
24 V
2
6 2
6 2
4
6
24 V
24.7 V
0V
—
3
7 3
7 3
7 2
5
24.7 V
0V
0V
4
8 4
8 4
8 3
0V
6
750-625
- - - - - - - - - - - - - 750-625 - - - - - - - - - - - - -
Power jumper
contacts
Delivery without Mini WSB marker *
This supply module provides power for the intrinsically safe I/O modules 750-435, -485, -535 and -585.
Furthermore, the module separates the intrinsically safe and non-intrinsically safe section of the node.
Maximum supply current available to all connected modules is 500 mA.
Should higher currents be necessary, intermediate supply modules must be added in the assembly.
Note:
In this case, four separation modules 750-616 must be placed between the intrinsically safe sections.
This module is fuse-protected. The fuse can be inserted or changed by pulling out the fuse carrier.
Indicators:
Green LED
(supply voltage input/output)
Input and output side are electrically isolated from each other.
General information (e.g. installation regulations) on explosion protection is available in the WAGO-I/O-SYSTEM 750 manuals!
Description
Item No.
24V DC Power Supply EEx i
750-625
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Explosion Protection
Ex directive
94 /9 /EC
EN 50014, EN 50020, EN 50021
4 II 3 G EEx nA II T4
Marking
Safety Data
Input
Output
Technical Data
Rated output voltage
via power jumper contacts max.
Current via power jumper contacts max.
Input voltage
Power consumption max.
Power loss
Fuse
Series 750
Wire connection CAGE CLAMP®
UM = 253 V
U0 = 27.3
Width
Weight
EMC 1 -Immunity to interference
EMC 1 -Emission of interference
89/336/EEC
73/23/EWG
Approvals
TÜV 02ATEX1875 X
Conformity marking
see page 8.9
1
Accessories
Item No.
* Miniature WSB quick marking system
plain
248-501
with marking
see page 8.18
Subject to design changes
0.08 mm2 ... 2.5 mm2; AWG 28 ... 14
8 ... 9 mm /0.33 in stripped length
48 mm
ca 200 g
acc. to EN 61000-6-2 (1999)
acc. to EN 61000-6-4 (2002)
8
Standards and Guidelines
EC EMC guideline
NAMUR recommendation
DC 24.7 V
500 mA
DC 20.4 V ... 28.8 V
18 W
5.5 W
5 x 20; T 630 mA; melting integral ≤ 5.1 A2s
Pack.-unit
pcs
5
8
18
Accessories
Manuals, marking accessories, software
Group marking carrier
Miniature WSB quick
marking system
End stop
Item No.
Description
Manuals:
– for fieldbus coupler/controller and ECO fieldbus coupler:
PROFIBUS, INTERBUS, CANopen und DeviceNet
Available in German and English on the Internet
at www.wago.com or as CD ELECTRONICC Tools and Docs
0888-0412/0001-0101
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
– for fieldbus coupler/controller:
LON (see TOPLON® manual, see Full Line Catalog W5, volume 3, section 1)
MODBUS, ETHERNET und CC-Link
GSD and EDS files:
– available for the fieldbus systems PROFIBUS, DeviceNet and CANopen
Marking accessories and software:
Marker cards for group marking carrier, sheet DIN A4 (160 cards)
Miniature WSB quick marking system, plain
Miniature WSB quick marking system, plain
Miniature WSB quick marking system, plain
Miniature WSB quick marking system, plain
Miniature WSB quick marking system, plain
Miniature WSB quick marking system, plain
Miniature WSB quick marking system, plain
Marking software WAGO SCRIPT
incl. PRO Serve CD ROM (from Windows 95, NT 4.0)
DIN A3 plotter (230 V)
DIN A3 plotter (110 V)
Connecting cable, parallel (printer)
Connecting cable, serial (plotter)
Universal support for 8 interchangeable locating devices
Interchangeable locating device for miniature WSB (series 248)
Ink pen adapter
Ink pen 0.25 mm /0.010 in
Ink pen 0.35 mm /0.014 in
Ink pen 0.50 mm /0.020 in
Ink, black, for permanent marking, 30 ml
Subject to design changes
yellow
red
blue
gray
orange
light green
750-100
1 sheet
248-501
248-501/000-002
248-501/000-005
248-501/000-006
248-501/000-007
248-501/000-012
248-501/000-017
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
258-317
258-240
258-241
258-219
258-104
258-249
258-253
258-221
258-222
258-223
258-224
258-109
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Accessories
8
Miniature WSB quick marking system, mounting accessories
19
Item No.
Description
Miniature WSB quick marking system:
Marking per card
0V
100 x
0V
100 x
–
100 x
–
100 x
24 V
100 x
24 V
100 x
+
100 x
+
100 x
100 x
100 x
PE
100 x
PE
100 x
A0 A1 . . . A8 A9
10 x
E0 E1 . . . E8 E9
10 x
X0 X1 . . . X8 X9
10 x
01 to 09
10 x
10 to 19
10 x
20 to 29
10 x
30 to 39
10 x
40 to 49
10 x
50 to 59
10 x
60 to 69
10 x
70 to 79
10 x
80 to 89
10 x
90 to 99
10 x
00 to 49
2x
50 to 99
2x
100 to 149
2x
150 to 199
2x
200 to 249
2x
250 to 299
2x
300 to 349
2x
350 to 399
2x
400 to 449
2x
450 to 499
2x
500 to 549
2x
550 to 599
2x
600 to 649
2x
650 to 699
2x
700 to 749
2x
750 to 799
2x
800 to 849
2x
850 to 899
2x
900 to 949
2x
950 to 999
2x
. 0 to 7/plain
10 x /20 x
. 0 to 7/–
10 x /20 x
. 0 to 7/–
10 x /20 x
. 0 to 7/+
10 x /20 x
. 0 to 7/+
10 x /20 x
. 0 to 7/N
10 x /20 x
. 0 to 7/N
10 x /20 x
. 0 to 7/L
10 x /20 x
Mounting accessories:
End stop, for DIN 35 rail
End stop, for DIN 35 rail
6 mm /0.236 in wide
10 mm /0.394 in wide
Communication cable
Screwdriver
Subject to design changes
blue
white
blue
white
red
white
red
white
light green
white
light green
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
white
blue
white
red
white
blue
white
blade (2.5 x 0.4) mm
blade (3.5 x 0.4) mm
247-506/000-006
247-506
247-507/000-006
247-507
247-508/000-005
247-508
247-509/000-005
247-509
247-552/000-017
247-552
248-578/000-017
248-578
247-510
247-511
247-512
247-513
247-514
247-515
247-516
247-517
247-518
247-519
247-520
247-521
247-522
247-523
247-524
247-525
247-526
247-527
247-528
247-529
247-530
247-531
247-532
247-533
247-534
247-535
247-536
247-537
247-538
247-539
247-540
247-541
247-542
247-543
247-544
247-544/000-006
247-545
247-545/000-005
247-546
247-546/000-006
247-547
249-116
249-117
Pack.-unit
pcs
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
5 cards
100 (4 x 25)
50 (2 x 25)
750-920
1
210-619
210-620
1
1
8
36 mm / 1.42 in
5-6 mm / 0.22 in
10 mm / 0.394 in
5.4 mm >
<_ 22.9 mm _>
<
15°
16 mm
w 750
<_____
_ 36.7 mm ______>
20
PROFIBUS
Fieldbus connector
<_________ 45 mm _________>
<_19 mm __>
< 5.8 mm
8
<______ 37.2 mm ______>
<____________ 54 mm ____________>
The fieldbus connector serves to connect a PROFIBUS device to a PROFIBUS line.
The fieldbus connector has the following features:
• 2 horizontal cable entries. One input and one output.
• Fast and maintenance-free CAGE CLAMP® connection, can be held in the open position with the help of an actuation
slide mechanism.
• Externally operable switch to activate and/or deactivate the termination resistor.
For the first and last station on the bus, the switch must be set to “ON” (terminating resistor activated). Switch setting to
“OFF” for the intermediate stations on the bus (terminating resistor deactivated).
Description
Item No.
Bus connector with D-Sub male connector, 9 pole
750-960
Data transmission rate
Supply voltage
Max. input current
Fixing screw
Max. tightening torque
Housing material
Housing color
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Rel. air humidity
Wire connection
Stripped length
Subject to design changes
1
Accessories
Technical Data
Double cable input
Pack.-unit
pcs
min. Ø 4.5 mm /0.177 in
max. Ø 9.5 mm /0.374 in
corresponding to PROFIBUS specification
up to 12 Mbit/s
DC 4.75 V ... 5.25 V
5 mA
UNC-2A 4-40
0.4 Nm
PA66-105-V2
light grey
IP20
0 °C ... +60 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
max. 95 % , no condensation
CAGE CLAMP® terminal rail with
actuation slide (series 218)
0.08 mm2 ... 0.5 mm2 /AWG 28 ... 20
sep. connection 0.75 mm2 /AWG 18
possible
see graphic
Terminal block tool
Connector fitting tool
Strain relief fitting tool
Test pin (1 mm)
Mini-WSB Quick marking system
or
WMB Multiple marking system
Screwdriver blade (2.5 x 0.4) mm
Item-No.: 210-619
Screwdriver blade (3.5 x 0.5) mm
Item-No.: 210-620
Phillips screwdriver (PH 0)
Item-No.: 735-500
page 8.18
Full Line Catalog W 4, volume 1, section 14
8
PROFIBUS
Fieldbus connector
21
22 mm / 0.866 in
5-6 mm / 0.22 in
7 mm / 0.276 in
Female connector
<____ 42 mm /1.65 in __ _>
< 10 mm /0.39 in
<___38 mm /1.5 in ___>
<__ 33 mm /1.3 in __>
7
6
1
2
8
9
4
3
5
16 mm
A
S1
B
<
A
<__ 35 mm /1.38 in_>
<__________ 65 mm /2.56 in __________>
390Ω 220Ω 390Ω
w 750
<_ 34 mm /1.34 in _>
B
1
4
3
2
7
6
8
5
9
Male connector
The fieldbus connector serves to connect a PROFIBUS device to a PROFIBUS line.
The fieldbus connector has the following features:
• 2 horizontal cable entries. One input and one output.
• Fast and maintenance-free CAGE CLAMP® connection, can be held in the open position with the help of an actuating
slide mechanism.
• Externally operable switch to activate and/or deactivate the network terminating resistor.
• PG interface
For the first and last station on the bus, the switch must be set to “ON” (terminating resistor activated). Switch setting to
“OFF” for the intermediate stations on the bus (terminating resistor deactivated).
Description
Item No.
Bus connector with D-Sub male and female connector, 9 pole
750-970
Data transmission rate
Fixing screw
Max. tightening torque
Housing color
Degree of protection
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Rel. air humidity
Wire connection
Stripped length
Subject to design changes
1
Accessories
Technical Data
Double cable input
Pack.-unit
pcs
min. Ø 4.5 mm /0.177 in
max. Ø 8 mm /0.315 in
corresponding to PROFIBUS specification
up to 12 Mbit/s
UNC-2A 4-40
0.4 Nm
light grey
IP20
0 °C ... +60 °C
-25 °C ... +85 °C
max. 95 % , no condensation
CAGE CLAMP® terminal rail with
actuation slide (series 218)
0.08 mm2 ... 0.5 mm2 /AWG 28 ... 20
sep. connection 0.75 mm2 /AWG 18
possible
see graphic
Terminal block tool
Connector fitting tool
Strain relief fitting tool
Test pin (1 mm)
Screwdriver blade (2.5 x 0.4) mm
Item No.: 210-619
Screwdriver blade (3.5 x 0.5) mm
Item-No.: 210-620
Phillips screwdriver (PH 0)
Item-No.: 735-500
8
8
22
Fieldbus Patchboard
15-fold
1. The fieldbus patchboard is used for the central connection of components, for example, in switchgear cabinets.
2. For use in energy and motor distribution patch panels as well as for fieldbus system applications such as CAN and Profibus
allowing the creation of spurs.
3. Tested in accordance with NAMUR NE 21.
4. Additional supply line AC 250 V (L1/L1AB /L2)
5. The patchboard is mounted using three nuts and it can be connected to a central power supply unit.
6. Protection against mismating through coding of headers is guaranteed.
Attention:
Please follow the fieldbus system installation guidelines.
Description
Item
No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Fieldbus Patchboard
8000-0001/K010-0076/0000-0200
(ID No. 510 36173)
13 outputs, 11 poles, DC 24V, 100 –120 Ω
Input and output 11 poles
AC 230 V
1
Connection
Connection
1 add. voltage path L1 AC 230 V
2 add. voltage path L1 AB
3 add. voltage path L2 AC 230 V
4 free
5 Supply L+ DC 24 V
6 Supply L– DC 24 V
7 Shield (screen)
8 Fieldbus signal
9 Fieldbus signal
10 Shield (screen)
11 Fieldbus signal
12 Fieldbus signal
Header
12- 9 poles
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
● ●
●
●
●
Connection
1 Shield (screen)
2 Fieldbus signal
3 Fieldbus signal
Standards and Regulations
3 poles
●
●
●
Technical Data
Supply
Nominal voltage
Max. operating voltage
Max. current
Fuse protection ex factory
Isolation
Impulse withstand voltage
DC 24 V
50 V
12 A
6.3 A / 5 x 20
AC 500 V
2.5 kV / Degree of pollution 2
Additional voltage path
Max. current
AC 250 V (L1/L1AB /L2)
9A
Fieldbus signal
Nominal voltage
Max. operating voltage
Max. current
Wave impedance
DC 24 V
50 V
4A
100 –120 Ω
Transmission frequency
Profibus
CAN
Other systems
Isolation
Impulse withstand voltage
1.5 baud
tbd
upon request
AC 500 V
2.5 kV / degree of pollution 2
IEC 60664
Shield (screen)
Profibus
Approvals
additional shield contact via shield (screen)
clamping saddle (Series 790)
NAMUR NE 21
Marking
Accessories
Item
No.
Female plug
769-001/484-000
769-001/485-000
769-001/493-000
790-108
Shield (screen) clamping saddle
Subject to design changes
Dimensions
(L x Wx H)
Printing on female plug
(Series 769)
(1720 x 92.5 x 40) mm
Fieldbus Patchboard
8
18-port
23
1. The fieldbus patchboard is used for the central connection of components, for example, in switchgear cabinets.
2. Suitable for fieldbus system applications such as CAN and Profibus allowing the creation of spurs.
3. The patchboard is mounted using three threaded bolts and it can be connected to a central power supply unit.
4. The patchboard is supplied via fused disconnect terminal blocks Series 281-611*..
Attention:
Please follow the fieldbus system installation guidelines.
* Additionally, repeaters or power supply units, etc., can be mounted on the DIN rails.
Description
Item
No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Fieldbus Patchboard
8000-0001/K010-0076/0000-0100
16 outputs, 5 poles, DC 24V, 100 –120 Ω
Input and output 5-poles tested in accordance with NAMUR NE 21
Plug-in system for use in energy and motor distribution patch panels
Connection
1
Technical Data
Supply
Nominal voltage
Max. operating voltage
Max. current
Fuse protection ex factory
Isolation
Impulse withstand voltage
DC 24 V
50 V
12 A
6.3 A / 5 x 20
AC 500 V
2.5 kV / degree of pollution 2
Fieldbus signal
Nominal voltage
Max. operating voltage
Max. current
Wave impedance
DC 24 V
50 V
4A
100 –120 Ω
Transmission frequency
Profibus
CAN
Other systems
Isolation
Impulse withstand voltage
1.5 baud
tbd
upon request
AC 500 V
2.5 kV / degree of pollution 2
5-pole headers (Series 769)
Pole 1
Pole 2
Pole 3
Pole 4
Pole 5
Supply (positive)
Supply (negative)
Shield (screen)
Fieldbus signal
Fieldbus signal
(+)
(BL)
(SE)
(B)
(A)
Voltage supply
Voltage supply
Bus line
Bus line
Bus line
Standards and Regulations
IEC 60664
Shield (screen)
Max. current
Profibus
Approvals
6A
additional shield contact via shield (screen)
clamping saddle (Series 790)
NAMUR NE 21
Marking
Printing on female plug
(Series 769)
Accessories
Item
No.
Female plug
769-001/377-000
Shield (screen) clamping saddle
790-108
Subject to design changes
Dimensions
(L x Wx H)
(1550 x 60 x 40) mm
8
9
WAGO Overvoltage Protection
0
WAGO overvoltage protection
for increased safety and longer
on-line operation
Operating failures in measuring, control, data and power lines are often the
result of overvoltages on the line.
Failure of electronic and semiconductor
components due to surges can cause
operating interruptions. The overvoltage (also called transients) can be
generated by switching of electrical
equipment or by lightning discharges.
Devices designed to protect electrical
equipment from these voltages are
called SPDs (Surge Protection Devices).
They may be single components or a
combination of them. Various components may be subdivided in their use by
the type of protection they offer:
●
●
●
Coarse protection
Medium protection
Fine protection
The boundaries between these levels of
protection may not be sharply defined
and the devices chosen will vary accordingly. In practice, the following components have proven themselves in these
applications:
Suppression diode (or silicon avalanche diode)
These devices have electrical characteristics similar to Zener diodes, but are
rated for surge currents.
Once the rated breakdown voltage is
exceeded (in the non-conductive direction), the diode becomes conducting.
The suppressor diode differs from a
Zener in its higher current carrying
capability and faster response time (in
the picosecond range).
Test impulse
Surge arresters are subject to standardized test pulses in order to be able to
classify capabilities. The effectiveness of
protection measures with reference to
dissipation capacity and voltage
arresting. The form and level of the test
pulses are defined by IEC 600601 / DIN VDE 0432, part 2. Preference is
given to voltage pulses of 1.2/50 and
current pulses of 8/20.
%
100
90
u
50
û
30
0
(_ T _)
T1 = 1,2 μs
<__________ T2 = 50 μs __________>
Voltage pulses 1.2 /50
as per IEC 60060-1/DIN VDE 0432 P. 2
%
100
90
50
10
T1 = 8 μs
<_____ T2 = 20 μs _____>
Current pulses 8 /20
as per IEC 60060-1/DIN VDE 0432 P. 2
Application recommendations
If the connection lines of electronic
equipment are already “fine” protected,
the generally coarse and medium protection measures are sufficient. If this is
not the case, suppressor diodes with
very short response time may be
employed as fine protection. WAGO
E offers a complete range of modular terminal blocks with integrated surge arresters for coarse,
medium and fine protection.
Depending on application, one can
choose the appropriate type among
the above – mentioned surge arresters.
These are electrically connected in the
modular terminal blocks between the
connection point and the mounting rail.
Snapping the terminal block onto the
grounded (earthed) mounting rail automatically ensures the required overvoltage protection.
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Overvoltage Protection,
with CAGE CLAMP ® COMPACT Connection, 6 mm/0.236 in Wide
9
1
Overvoltage protection
in terminal blocks
MDEX24
DC 24 V
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
1
3
2
4
* The coordination characteristics give information
about the let-through energy of the overvoltage
protector and the protection capacity.
Description
Overvoltage protection in terminal block,
for DIN 35 rail
Item No.
Rated input voltage VN
DC 24 V, MDEX24
792-803
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Overvoltage protection terminal block for information
technology systems.
Technical Data
Accessories see page 9.7
Rated voltage VN
Max. cont. operating voltage VC
Maximum input voltage acc. to EN 50020 Vi
Maximum input current acc. to EN 50020 Ii
Rated current IL
C2 Rated discharge current i n (8/20) μs
Voltage protection level Up
at in category C2
at 1 kV/μs category C3
Coordination characteristics * KK
Series impedance R / line
Response time ta
Limiting frequency fG
Capacitance C
Degree of protection
Degree of protection with end and intermediate plate
Operating temp. range ∂
Storage temperature
Terminal block width
Wire connection
Standards
Approvals
DC 24 V
DC 33 V ; AC 23 V
30 V
0,5 A
0,5 A
5 kA per line ; 10 kA total
≤1500 V (line/protected ground) ; ≤50 V (line/line)
≤1400 V (line/protected ground) ; ≤45 V (line/line)
X /1
1,8 Ω
≤100 ns (line/protected ground) ; ≤1 ns (line/line)
6 MHz
≤6 pF (line/protected ground) ; ≤1.0 nF (line/line)
IP 00
IP 20
-40 °C...+80 °C
-40 °C...+80 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
IEC 61643-21 VDE 0845 T3-1
EEx ia II C T4 -T6/PTB 02 ATEX 2019
FISCO
9
Load limit curve
Relay with 1 change over contact
Relay with 1 change over contact
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
102
101
1
10
I(A) _>
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
Load limit curve for 859-302, -303, -304, -305, -306,
-307, -308, -353, -354, -355, -357, -358, -368
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
103
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
2
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Coupler Function,
with CAGE CLAMP ® COMPACT Connection, 6 mm/0.236 in Wide
U(V)
9
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
14
A2
–
14
A2
–
11
NOTE: Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay
coils and contacts!
A1
+
12
Item No.
Description
Switching relay terminal block
with miniature switching relay
for normal switching power,
for DIN 35 rail
Technical Data
Contact material
Rated input voltage VN DC 5 V
Input voltage range
Current input at rated voltage
(Coil 20 °C)
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Max. switching power (resistive)
(resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with/without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ
Rated operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Surge capacity contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Open circuit
Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110/1.89
Mechanical /Electrical life
Ambient operating temperature at VN
at 1.2 x VN
Storage temperature
Terminal block width
Wire connection
Standards
Rated input voltage VN
DC 5 V
DC 12 V
DC 24 V
DC 48 V
DC 60 V
DC 120 V
DC 230 V
859-302
859-303
859-304
859-305
859-306
859-307
859-308
11
A1
+
12
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Item No.
Rated input voltage VN
DC 24 V
859-314
DC 115 V
859-317
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
1
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being
damaged these values should not be exceeded.
Higher switching power leads to evaporation of the
gold layer. The resulting deposits in the enclosure may
cause sparkovers between the coil and the contact.
Accessories see page 9.7
AgSnO2
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
DC 24 V
DC 120 V
DC 230 V
VN -20 %...+40 %
DC 5 V 45 mA
DC 230 V 3.2 mA
DC 120 V 3.5 mA
–
AC 250 V
5A
AC 1250 VA
DC see load limit curve
≥ 100 mA / AC/DC 12 V
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations/load-dependent
-25 °C...+50 °C
-25 °C...+40 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
DC 115 V
VN -15 %...+20 %
DC 24 V 10 mA
VN -30 %...+25 %
DC 115 V 3.1 mA
DC 36 V *
50 mA *
10 μA / 100 mV
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations/load-dependent
-25 °C...+50 °C
-25 °C...+70 °C
-25 °C...+40 °C
–
-40 °C...+70 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
9
3
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
14
A2
Rated input voltage VN
AC/DC 12 V
AC/DC 24 V
AC/DC 48 V
AC/DC 115 V/110 V
AC/DC 230 V/220 V
859-353
859-354
859-355
859-357
859-358
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
14
14
11
A2
~
11
A2
~
11
12
A1
~
12
A1
~
12
A1
Item No.
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
Relay with 1 change over contact
defined turn-on/turn-off threshold
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
Relay with 1 change over contact
Contacts 5 μm Au hard gold plated
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
Relay with 1 change over contact
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
1
1
1
1
Technical Data
Item No.
Pack.-unit
pcs
Rated input voltage VN
AC 230 V
859-359
AC 115 V
859-360
1
1
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being
damaged these values should not be exceeded.
Higher switching power leads to evaporation of the
gold layer. The resulting deposits in the enclosure may
cause sparkovers between the coil and the contact.
Item No.
Rated input voltage VN
AC 230 V
859-368
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Turn-on threshold relay/LED AC 170 V /AC 160 V
Turn-off threshold relay/LED AC 140 V /AC 150 V
Accessories see page 9.7
AgSnO2
AC/DC 12 V, 24 V, 48 V
AC 115 V, 230 V
DC 110 V, DC 220 V
VN -15 %...+20 %
AC/DC 12 V 15 mA
AC/DC 24 V 8 mA
AC 115 V 3.1 mA
AC/DC 48 V 5.3 mA
AC 230 V 3.5 mA
AC 250 V
5A
AC 1250 VA
DC see load limit curve
≥ 100 mA / AC/DC 12 V
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations/load-dependent
-25 °C...+50 °C
-25 °C...+40 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 /
DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U (859-354, -355, -357 und -358)
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
AC 230 V
AgSnO2
AC 230 V
AC 115 V
VN -15 %...+20 %
AC 230 V 3.5 mA
AC 115 V 3.1 mA
VN ±10 %
4.2 mA
DC 36 V *
50 mA *
AC 250 V
5A
AC 1250 VA
DC see load limit curve
≥ 100 mA / AC/DC 12 V
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations/load-dependent
-25 °C...+50 °C
–
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
10 μA / 100 mV
6 min-1 / 20 s-1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 106 switching operations/load-dependent
-25 °C...+50 °C
-25 °C...+40 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
9
Relay with 1 change over contact
with an extended input voltage and
operating temperature range
VB = DC 24 V – 30 % + 25 % – 25 °C to + 70 °C
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
Load limit curve
Relay with 1 change over contact
with an extended input voltage and
operating temperature range
VB = DC 110V – 30 % + 25 % – 25 °C to + 70 °C
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
102
101
1
10
I(A) _>
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
103
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
4
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Coupler Function,
with CAGE CLAMP ® COMPACT Connection, 6 mm/0.236 in Wide
U(V)
9
<___________ 91 mm /3.58 in ___________>
14
A2
–
14
A2
–
11
NOTE: Inductive loads have to be attenuated by an
appropriate protective circuit in order to protect relay
coils and contacts!
A1
+
12
Item No.
Technical Data
Contact material
Rated input voltage VN
Input voltage range
Current input at rated voltage (Coil 20 °C)
Max. switching voltage
Max. continuous current (terminal blocks in a row)
Max. switching power (resistive)
(resistive)
Recommended minimum load
Max. switching rate with/without load
Operating power
Pull-in/drop-out/bounce time typ
Rated operating mode
Dielectric strength contact-coil
Surge capacity contact-coil (1.2/50 μs)
Open circuit
Rated voltage acc. to VDE 0110/1.89
Mechanical life
Mechanical /Electrical life
Ambient operating temperature at VN
Storage temperature
Terminal block width
Wire connection
Standards
A1
+
12
Pack.-unit
pcs
Item No.
Rated input voltage VN
DC 24 V
859-390
1
DC 24 V
859-392*
1
* In order to prevent the gold layer from being
damaged these values should not be exceeded.
Higher switching power leads to evaporation of the
gold layer. The resulting deposits in the enclosure
may cause sparkovers between the coil and the
contact.
Rated input voltage VN
DC 110 V
859-391
Description
Switching relay terminal block
with miniature switching relay
for normal switching power,
for DIN 35 rail
11
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Accessories see page 9.7
AgSnO2 + 5 μm Au
DC 24 V
VN – 30 % … + 25 %
12 mA
10 mA
AC 250 V
DC 36 V*
3A
50 mA*
AC 750 VA
DC see load limit curve
≥ 100 mA / AC/DC 12 V
10 μA/100 mV
6 min –1 / 20 s –1
< 320 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 10 6 switching operations/load-dependent
3 x 10 5 switching operations 2 x 10 7 switching operations
-25 °C...+70 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm /0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
AgSnO2
DC 110 V
VN ± 30 %
3.1 mA
AC 250 V
3A
AC 750 VA
DC see load limit curve
≥ 100 mA / AC/DC 12 V
6 min –1 / 20 s –1
< 370 mW
5 ms / 6 ms / 5 ms
continuous duty
4 kV
6 kV
1 kV
250 V / 4 kV / 3
5 x 10 6 switching operations/load-dependent
3 x 10 5 switching operations
-25 °C...+70 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm /0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
VDE 0115 Part 200 /EN 50155 (859-392)
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nC II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
AgSnO2
9
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Coupler Function,
with CAGE CLAMP ® COMPACT Connection, 6 mm/0.236 in Wide
Optocoupler
Input:
Output:
Optocoupler
Input:
Output:
DC 5 V
DC 24 V/100 mA
DC 24 V
DC 24 V/100 mA
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
5
<__________ 91 mm /3.58 in __________>
<__________ 91 mm /3.58 in __________>
1
+
A1
+
1
+
A1
+
RL
2
–
A2
–
Item No.
Description
Optocoupler terminal block,
for low switching power,
for DIN 35 rail
Rated input voltage VN
DC 5 V
859-793*
DC 5 V
859-795
Rated input voltage VN
Input voltage range low level
high level
Input current range
Current at rated voltage
Reverse voltage transistor
Switch on /Switch off time
Max. frequency
Leakage current at rated voltage
Voltage drop at output
Test voltage
Input /Output
Rated operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Max. operating temperature with reduced current
Storage temperature
Terminal block width
Wire connection
Standards
Item No.
1
1
Rated input voltage VN
DC 24 V
859-796
DC 24 V
859-791*
DC 24 V
859-794
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
1
1
* with an extended output voltage and operating
temperature range for use in railway traffic
Accessories see page 9.7
859-793
Rated output voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
2
–
A2
–
Pack.-unit
pcs
* with an extended output voltage and operating
temperature range for use in railway traffic
Technical Data
RL
859-795
DC 5 V
DC 0-0.8 V
DC 2-6.25 V
DC 3.8-23 mA
DC 17.5 mA
859-796
15-30 V
DC 3.8-12.5 mA
DC 9 mA
DC 3-30 V
20 °C 100 mA
70 °C
50 mA
DC 65 V
10 μs / 50 μs
10 kHz
DC 100 V
20 μs / 120 μs
1.5 kHz
25 μA
≤2V
DC 4 mA
859-794
16-30 V
DC 2-5.5 mA
DC 4.2 mA
DC 24 V
DC 24 V
DC 3-60 V
100 mA
859-791
DC 24 V
0-5 V
≤1V
2.5 kVeff
continuous duty
-25 °C...+40 °C
-25 °C...+70 °C
+70 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
VDE 0115 Part 200 /EN 50155 (859-793)
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
DC 3-30 V
DC 65 V
10 μs / 50 μs
10 kHz
25 μA
≤1V
DC 60 V
DC 16-60 V
20 °C 100 mA
70 °C
50 mA
DC 100 V
20 μs / 120 μs
3 kHz
1.5 kHz
30 μA
25 μA
≤2V
2.5 kVeff
4 kVeff
2.5 kVeff
continuous duty
-25 °C...+40 °C
+70 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
VDE 0115 Part 200 /EN 50155 (859-791)
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
9
Optocoupler
Input:
Output:
Optocoupler
Input:
Output:
DC 24 V
DC 24 V/ 3 A
Negative switching
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
DC 24 V
DC 24 V/ 3 A
0.08 – 2.5 mm2 / AWG 28 – 14
L 5 – 6 mm / 0.22 in
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
6
Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks with Coupler Function,
with CAGE CLAMP ® COMPACT Connection, 6 mm/0.236 in Wide
<___ 56 mm /2.2 in ___>
9
<__________ 91 mm /3.58 in __________>
<__________ 91 mm /3.58 in __________>
24 V
A1
+
RL
+A
A1
+
RL
A
A2
–
Description
Optocoupler terminal block,
for DIN 35 rail
0V
Item No.
Rated input voltage VN
DC 24 V
859-720
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
-2
A2
–
Item No.
Rated input voltage VN
DC 24 V
859-730
Pack.-unit
pcs
1
Electrical isolation meets DIN/VDE 0106, part 101
Technical Data
Rated input voltage VN
Input voltage range
low level
high level
Current at rated voltage
Input current range
Input circuit
Output circuit
Output rated voltage
Output voltage range
Max. continuous current
Peak output current
Reverse voltage transistor
Voltage drop
Switch on /Switch off time
Switching frequency
IL < 2 A
IL < 1 A
IL < 500 mA
Leakage current at rated voltage
Collector/Emitter voltage drop UCE sat
Test voltage input /output
Rated operating mode
Ambient operating temperature
Storage temperature
Terminal block width
Wire connection
Standards
Accessories see page 9.7
DC 24 V
DC 16-30 V
DC 4 mA
DC 2.5-5.5 mA
DC 24 V
DC 10-30 V
3A
20 A
DC 55 V
25 μs / 75 μs
f < 500 Hz
f < 1 kHz
f < 2 kHz
f < 3 kHz
< 25 μA
≤ 0.5 V
2.5 kVeff
continuous duty
-25 °C...+40 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
DC 24 V
DC 0-5 V
DC 15-27 V
DC 14 mA
function indication LED (red)
2-wire, isolated
DC 24 V
DC 3-30 V
3A
25 A
DC 55 V
< 0.4 V
500 μs / 6 ms
f < 70 Hz
2.5 kVeff
continuous duty
-25 °C...+40 °C
-40 °C...+70 °C
6 mm / 0.236 in
terminal strips with CAGE CLAMP ®
VDE 0110 /EN 60664; VDE 0435 /EN 61810-5;
UL 508; EEx nA II T4 /DEMKO 02 ATEX 132280U
9
Accessories for 792 Series Rail-Mounted Terminal Blocks
with Overvoltage Protection
Item No.
Accessories
Pack.-unit
pcs
End and
intermediate plate
1 mm /0.039 in thick
grey
859-525
100 (4 x 25)
Push-in type jumper bar,
light grey, insulated, 18 A
2-way
3-way
4-way
5-way
:
10-way
859-402
859-403
859-404
859-405
:
859-410
200 (8 x 25)
200 (8 x 25)
200 (8 x 25)
200 (8 x 25)
yellow
blue
... /000-029
... /000-006
Additional item no. for colored
push-in type jumper bars
100 (4 x 25)
Test pin, 1 mm /0.039 in Ø,
Test wire for sold. onto test plug
859-500
1
Marking pen with fibre tip,
for permanent marking
210-110
1
248-501
248-502
248-503
248-504
248-505
248-506
248-566
248-450
248-451
248-452
248-453
248-454
248-455
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
Miniature quick marking card,
10 strips at 10 markers
white with black printing
Marking
plain
1 … 10 (10 x)
11 … 20 (10 x)
21 … 30 (10 x)
31 … 40 (10 x)
41 … 50 (10 x)
1 … 50 ( 2 x)
K 1 … K 10 (10 x)
K 11 … K 20 (10 x)
K 100 (10 x)
U 1 … U 10 (10 x)
U 11 … U 20 (10 x)
U 100 (10 x)
7
Commoning using a 3-way push-in type
jumper bar, series 859.
Two-way to 10-way jumper bars are now available.
Each clamping unit is marked individually
9
10
International Certification Organizations – Overview
0
A list of approvals (update: catalog deadline) is provided on
pages 10.0 to 10.1.
Due to the numerous agencies and approvals as well as the
ever-increasing number of new products, our online catalog
provides you with complete up-to-date information at
www.wago.com
Abbreviation for
online search*
Abbreviation for
online search*
v
Ex approvals
P
Y
K
D
Physikalisch Technische
Bundesanstalt
Germany
Ex e II
http://www.ptb.de
PTB
International
Electrotechnical
Commission
http://www.lecex.com
IECEX
Underwriters Laboratories
USA
http://www.ul.com
cURus-EX
N.V. tot Keuring van
Elektrotechnische Materialien
Netherland
http://www.kemaquality.com
KEMA-EX
Danmarks
Elektriske Materielkontrol
Denmark
http://www.demko.dk
DEMKO-EX
GOSENERGO-Ex
GOSENERGONADZOR
Russia
GOSENER
GO-EX
General
industry approvals
U
u
Y
r
2
Underwriters Laboratories
USA
http://www.ul.com
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
USA
http://www.ul.com
UL
Underwriters Laboratories
USA
http://www.ul.com
cURus
Underwriters Laboratories
USA
http://www.ul.com
cULus
Canadian Standards
Association
Canada
http://www.csa.ca
CSA
* see page 10.2 and 10.3
VDE-Gutachten mit
Fertigungsüberwachung
Germany
http://www.vde.de/vde/html/e/
home.htm
V
VDE – Deutscher Verband für
Elektrotechnik
Germany
http://www.vde.de
VDE
VDE – Prüfbericht
Germany
O
s
K
VDE
Österreichischer Verband für
Elektrotechnik Austria
http://www.ove.at
ÖVE
Schweizerischer
Elektrotechnischer Verein
Schwitzerland
http://www.sev.ch/
SEV
N.V. tot Keuring van
Elektrotechnische Materialien
Netherlands
http://www.kema.nl
KEMA
CENELEC CERTIFICATION AGREEMENT
N.V. tot Keuring van
Elektrotechnische Materialien
Netherlands
http://www.cenelec.org
f
CCA
App. no.
with NL
N
Norges Elektriske
Materialkontroll
Norway
http://express.nemko.com
NEMKO
S
Svenska Elektriska
Materielkontrollanstalten AB
Sweden
http://www.semko.com
SEMKO
D
Danmarks
Elektriske Materielkontrol
Denmark
http://www.demko.dk
DEMKO
CENELEC CERTIFICATION AGREEMENT
Danmarks Elektriske
Materielkontrol
Denmark
http://www.cenelec.org
h
CCA
App. no.
with DK
10
International Certification Organizations – Overview (continued)
1
Abbreviation for
online search*
F
F
SETI – FEMKO
Sähkötarkastuskeskus
Elinspecktionscentralen
Finland
http://www.seti.fi
Sähkötarkastuskeskus
Elinspecktionscentralen
Finland
http://www.fimko.com
African Bureau
j South
of Standards
South Africa
a
q
http://www.sabs.co.za
RosTesT
Russland
http://www.rostest.ru
FIMKO
SABS
,
Robbanásbiztos
Villamos Berendezések
Hungary
http://www.bki.hu
BKI
CB
CB – TEST CERTIFICATE
India
http://www.ul-europe.com
CB
CB
CB – TEST CERTIFICATE
China
http://www.ul-europe.com
CB
UL-International Demko A/S
Denmark
http://www.ul-europe.com
ENEC
ROSTEST
Departamentul
Moldovastandard
Moldova
http://www.moldova.md/ro/government/oll/
D_STAND/en/strcent2.htm
CSM
A
Certificate of Registration
Great Britain
http://www.astacertification.com
ASTA
R
Rheinisch-Westfälischer
Technischer
Überwachungsverein e.V.
Germany
http://www.rwtuv.de
RWTÜV
H
Elektrotechnick y´ vyskumn
´
y´
a projektov y´ ústav
Czech Republic
http://www.ezu.cz
EZU
J
Stowarzyszenie
Elektrykow Polskich
Poland
http://www.bbj.pl
BBJ
J
Stowarzyszenie
Elektrykow Polskich
Poland
http://www.sep.com.pl
SEP
Centre National d’Etudes
CNET
Télécommunications
m des
France
Abbreviation for
online search*
Shipbuilding approvals
http://www.lannion.cnet.fr
o
Laboratoire Central
des Industries Electriques
France
http://www.lcie.fr
LCIE
-
Fyzikálne Technický
Zkusební Ústav,
Ostrava-Radvanice
Czech Republic
http://www.ftzu.cz
FTZU
g
i
Germanischer Lloyd
Germany
http://www.gl-group.com
GL
Bureau Veritas
France
http://www.bureauveritas.fr
BV
0
n
5
Lloyd’s Register of Shipping
Great Britain
http://www.lloydsregister.com
LR
NV – Det Norske Veritas
Norway
http://www.dnv.com
DNV
Russian Maritime
Register of Shipping
GUS
http://www.rs-head.spb.ru
RMR
&
.
Polski Rejestr Statkóv
Poland
http://www.prs.pl
PRS
Korean Register of Shipping
Korea
http://www.krs.co.kr
KR
p
American Bureau of Shipping ABS
USA
http://www.eagle.org
10
10
2
Approvals – User Guide
This guide will help you find approvals in our online catalog
www.wago.com
1: Select “Country“
2: Select “Products“
3: Select “Technical Information“
10
3
4: Entry 1
Item No.: e.g. “264-301“
Search result 1
All approvals related to that product will be
displayed.
4: Entry 2
Certification agency: e.g.“UL“
Search result 2
All products approved by that agency will be
displayed.
4: Entry 3
Certification agency and item number range:
e.g. “UL“ and Item-No. “280-6“ or
“280-60“
Search result 3
The whole range of products approved by that
agency will be displayed.
10
10
INDEX
4
A
Page
Additional modules for matrix patchboards 6.5
Analog input modules
8.4
Analog output modules
8.4
Approvals
– general
10.0 – 10.03
– WAGO%SYSTEM 750
8.6 – 8.9
AS-Interface master module
8.4
Page
Double potential through terminal
blocks, f.-e.
Down counter
see "Up/down counters"
D-Sub fieldbus connector
3.14 /3.19
H
Harzardous environments
– General technical information
Page
2.0 and
following
Section 8
I
E
B
Binary spacer module
8.5
Electronic modules
End module
ETHERNET® fieldbus components
Ex i Fieldbus modules
Ex i Terminal blocks
Extended input voltage and
temperature range
Section 8
8.5
Section 8
Section 8
Section 5
Section 8
I/O modules
see WAGO%SYSTEM
I/O systems
II/O-LIGHTBUS fieldbus components
Incremental encoder interface
Industrial compact PC
Innovations – Worldwide
Insulation material
Insulation stops for
– matrix patchboards
INTERBUS® fieldbus components
Intruder detection see
Digital input module
Section 8
Section 8
Section 8
8.4
8.3
1.0 – 1.1
1.7
6.5
Section 8
8.3
C
CAGE CLAMP® connection systems
1.5
CAGE CLAMP® connection
1.5 – 1.9
CAL® fieldbus components
Section 8
CANopen® fieldbus components
Section 8
CC-Link fieldbus connector
8.2
CC-Link fieldbus coupler
8.2
CD ELECTRONICC Tools and Docs
8.18
Conductor retention forces
1.9
Connectors for electrical devices
4.8 – 4.11
Contact area between conductor
and current bar
1.8
Copper conductors
1.7
Current carrying capacities for jumpers
for Ex applications
3.34
F
Fast and maintenance-free
1.6
Field side connection module
8.5
Field side power supply filter module
8.5
Fieldbus components
Section 8
Fieldbus connectors
8.2/8.20 – 8.21
Fieldbus controllers
8.2
Fieldbus couplers
8.2
Fieldbus patchboards
8.22 – 8.23
Filter module
8.5
Firewire fieldbus coupler
8.2
L
Leaf spring clamping systems
Lighting control DALI/DSI
LONWORKS® fieldbus components
M
D
DALI/DSI master module
8.4
Data exchange coupler
8.2
Data exchange module
8.4
Decade marker carriers
6.5
Device connectors
4.8 – 4.11
DeviceNet® fieldbus components
Section 8
Differencial inputs and differential measurement inputs see analog input modules
8.4
Digital impulse interface
8.4
Digital input modules
8.3
Digital output modules
8.3
Double deck terminal blocks, f.-e.
3.10/3.32
f.-e. = front-entry
s.-e. = side-entry
G
Gastight contact area
1.8
Ground (earth) conductor terminal
blocks, angled type, f.-e.
3.18 /3.23
horizontal type, f.-e. 3.12 – 3.19/3.22 – 3.27
Ground (earth) conductor terminal
blocks, s.-e.
– high current~
3.30
Ground (earth) conductor terminal
blocks, miniature
– for DIN 15 rail
3.21
– for DIN 15 rail
3.20 /3.32
Group marker carrier
3.35
1.4
8.4
Section 8
Maintenance-free
1.8
Marker cards
– (Mini-WSB cards) Miniature
WAGO Quick marking system 3.35/8.18
– (WSB cards) WAGO Quick
marking system
3.35
– (WMB cards) WAGO Multi
marking system
3.35
Maximum rated voltages for
rail-mounted terminal blocks
3.31
Miniature ground (earth) conductor
terminal blocks , f.-e.
– for DIN 15 rail
3.21
– for DIN 35 rail
3.20
Miniature through terminal blocks, f.-e.
– for DIN 15 rail
3.21
– for DIN 35 rail
3.20
Miniature WSB quick marking system
(marker cards)
8.19
10
5
Page
Section 8
MODBUS® fieldbus components
Modular I/O system
WAGO%SYSTEM 750
Section 8
Modular terminal blocks and terminal
strips for printed circuit boards
– f.-e.
4.14 – 4.22
– s.-e.
4.20 – 4.21
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
see Terminal strips and modular
terminal blocks
see PCB terminal blocks
Modular terminal blocks and terminal strips
with fixing flanges or snap-in mounting feet,
– f.-e.
4.3 – 4.5
– s.-e.
4.6 – 4.7
Module bus extension
8.5
Mounting carrier for push-wire
connectors for junction boxes
4.25
O
Optocoupler modules
– as rail-mounted terminal blocks
9.5 – 9.6
P
Patchboard systems
– matrix patchboards
6.2 – 6.4
Patchboards fieldbus
8.22 – 8.23
PCB terminal strips
with finger operated levers
4.22
PROFIBUS® fieldbus components
Section 8
PROFIsafe, safety modules
8.5
Programmable fieldbus controllers
8.2
PT 100 analog input module
8.4
Pulse width output module
8.4
Push-wire connectors for junction boxes 4.24
R
Radio receiver module
8.4
Rail-mounted terminal blocks
– with CAGE CLAMP® COMPACT
connection
3.32 – 3.33
– with CAGE CLAMP®connection
3.2/3.12 – 3.19/3.22 – 3.30
– with CAGE CLAMP®S
connection
3.3 – 3.11
– with coupler function
9.2 – 9.4
– with overvoltage protection
9.1
Page
Relay modules
– terminal blocks
Relay output modules
Resistance sensors
Resistor bridges (strain gauge)
RJ 45 connection
RS 232 serial interface
RS 485 serial interface
9.2 – 9.4
8.3
8.4
8.4
Section 8
8.4
8.4
S
Safety I/O modules
8.5
Separation module
8.5
Serial interface
8.4
Shield (screen) connecting system
7.0 – 7.1
– Shield (screen) clamp
7.4
– Shield (screen) clamping saddle
7.2 – 7.3
Short-circuit protected
1.8
Spacers
(rail-mounted terminal blocks)
3.15 – 3.16
Specialty I/O modules
8.4
SSI transmitter interface
8.4
Supply module
8.5
Surge suppression devices
– as rail-mounted terminal blocks
9.1
Switching relay modules
– as rail-mounted terminal blocks 9.2 – 9.4
System I/O modules
8.5
Page
Through terminal blocks, miniature
– for DIN 15 rail
3.21
– for DIN 35 rail
3.20
Through terminal blocks, s.-e.
– high current~
3.28 – 3.30
TOPJOB®S (rail-mounted)
terminal blocks
3.4 – 3.11
Triple deck terminal blocks, f.-e.
3.11/3.32
TTY interface
8.4
U
Up/down counters
V
Vibration and shock resistant
8.4
1.9
W
T
Terminal blocks for matrix patching and
common potential terminal blocks
– 4-level terminal blocks
6.8
– 8-level terminal blocks
6.9
Terminal blocks
with surge suppression device
9.1
Terminal strips and modular terminal blocks
for printed circuit boards
– f.-e.
4.14 – 4.22
– s.-e.
4.20 – 4.21
Terminal strips and modular terminal blocks
with fixing flanges or snap-in mounting feet
– f.-e.
4.3 – 4.5
– s.-e.
4.6 – 4.7
The wide variety of applications
– worldwide applications
1.2 – 1.3
Thermocouple
8.4
Thermocouple (RTD)
8.4
Through terminal blocks, f.-e.
angled type
3.18 /3.23
horizontal type
3.12 – 3.19/3.22 – 3.27
®
– TOPJOB S (rail-mounted)
terminal blocks
3.4 – 3.11
WAGO
– worldwide
10.6
WAGO I/O IPC
8.3
WAGO%SYSTEM
Fieldbus components
Section 8
Overview
1.10 – 1.13
WAGO spring clamp
termination systems
1.4 – 1.5
– CAGE CLAMP® Compact connection 1.5
1.5
– CAGE CLAMP® connection
1.5
– CAGE CLAMP®S connection
– IDC connection
1.4
– Leaf spring connection
1.4
1.5
– POWER CLAMP®connection
– Push-wire connection
1.4
Wire clamping
1.7
10
WAGO Companies,
Sales Offices and Representations
Argentina
AEA S.A.C.l.F.
Asunción 2130, (1419) Buenos Aires
Phone ++ 54 /11 /4574 1555
Fax ++ 54 /11 /4574 2400
Australia
NHP ELECTRICAL ENGINEERING
PRODUCTS PTY LTD
43-67 River Street
Richmond, Victoria, 3121
P.O. Box 199
Phone ++ 61/3/9429-2999
Fax ++ 61/3/9429-1075
Austria
WAGO Kontakttechnik Ges.m.b.H.
Laxenburger Straße 244, 1230 Wien
Phone ++ 43/1/615 07 80
Fax ++ 43/1/615 07 75
Belgium
WAGO Kontakttechnik
Excelsiorlaan 11, 1930 Zaventem
Phone ++ 32/2/717 90 90
Fax ++ 32/2/717 90 99
Brazil
WAGO Eletroeletrônicos Ltda
Rua Américo Simões 1470
São Roque da Chave – Itupeva – SP
13295-000
Phone ++ 55/11/4591 0199
Fax ++ 55/11/4591 0190
Canada
Please contact WAGO USA
Chile
Desimat Chile
Puerto Vespucio 9670, Pudahuel Santiago
Phone ++ 56-2-7470152
Fax ++ 56-2-7470153
China
WAGO ELECTRONIC (TIANJIN) Co. LTD
No. 8, 2nd Fl. 3rd Road
Wu Qing Development Area
Tianjin 301700
Phone ++ 86/22/59617688
Fax ++ 86/22/59617668
CIS Countries
WAGO Kontakttechnik
Moskau Office
ul. Lesnaya, 43, off. 329, 127055 Moskau
Phone ++ 7/095/978 66 70
Fax ++ 7/095/978 66 90
Colombia
T.H.L. LTDA
Cra. 35 # 89- 35, Bogotá
Phone ++ 571/621 85 50
Fax ++ 571/621 60 28
Croatia
M.B.A. d.o.o. za trgovinu i zastupanje
Frana Supila 5,51211 Matulji HR
Phone ++ 00385 51 275-736
Fax ++ 00385 51 275-066
Czech Republic
WAGO Elektro spol. sr. o.
Nad Iesem 21
14700 Praha 4 – Hodkovičky
Phone ++ 420 261 090 143
Fax ++ 420 261 090 144
61400 Brno – Husovice
Phone ++ 420 545 423 010
Fax ++ 420 545 211 215
Denmark
WAGO Danmark
Filial af WAGO Kontakttechnik
GmbH & Co. KG
Lejrvej 29, 3500 Værløse
Phone ++ 45 /44 35 77 77
Fax ++ 45 /44 35 77 87
Ecuador
INSETEC CIA. LTDA.
El Zurriago 177 y El Vengador
P. O. Box 17-16- 016, Quito
Phone ++ 593 /2 /253 - 757
Fax ++ 593 /2 /461 - 833
Egypt
IBN Engineering Instrumentation & Control
71 a El Shaheed Ahmed Hamdi St.
King Faisal, Giza
Phone ++ 20-2-7214350
Fax ++ 20-2-7221709
Estonia
OÜ ELTARKO
Laki 14 – 502, 10621 Tallinn
Phone ++ 372 651 7731
Fax ++ 372 651 7786
13.03.06 / E
Finland
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Filial i Finland
Pulttitie 2A, 00880 Helsinki
Phone ++ 358-9-7744 060
Fax ++ 358-9-7744 0660
France
WAGO CONTACT S.A.
Paris Nord 2
83 rue des Chardonnerets
B.P. 55065 - Tremblay en France
95947- ROISSY CDG CEDEX
Phone ++ 33 /148172590
Fax ++ 33 /148632520
Germany
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Postfach 28 80 · 32385 Minden
Hansastraße 27 · 32423 Minden
Phone ++ 49/5 71/8 87-0
Fax ++ 49/5 71/8 87-169
info@wago.com
www.wago.com
Great Britain
WAGO Limited
Triton Park, Swift Valley Industrial Estate
RUGBY
Warwickshire, CV21 1SG
Phone ++ 44 /1788 /568008
Fax ++ 44 /1788 /568050
Greece
PANAGIOTIS SP. DIMOULAS-’BIOMAT’
Kritis Str. 26, 10439 Athen
Phone ++ 30-210/8833337
Fax ++ 30-210/8834436
Hong Kong
National Concord Eng., Ltd.
Unit A-B, 5/F., Southeast Industrial Building,
611-619 Castle Peak Road
Tsuen Wan, N.T.
Phone ++ 852/24 29 26 11
Fax ++ 852/24 29 21 64
Hungary
WAGO Hungária KFT
Ipari Park, Gyár u. 2, 2040 Budaörs
Phone ++ 36/23/502-170
Fax ++ 36/23/502-166
Iceland
S. Gudjonsson ehf
Audbrekku 9-11
P.O. Box 164, 202 Kopavogur
Phone ++ 354 /520- 4500
Fax ++ 354 /520- 4501
India
WAGO & CONTROLS (INDIA) LTD.
C-27, Sector-58, Phase-III,
Noida-201 301
Gautam Budh Nagar (U. P)
Phone ++ 91/120/2 58 04 09/10
Fax ++ 91/120/2 58 00 81
Indonesia
P.T. Timur Agungmulia Kencana
Graha Mulxindo, 2 nd Floor
Jl. Sultan Iskandar Muda No. 88L
Jakarta 12240
Phone ++ 62/21/7228888
Fax ++ 62/21/7228338
Iran
Patsa Industry
No. 2, Bahar Str., Southern Shiraz Ave.
Tehran
P.O. Box.: 15875-1698, Zip Code: 14369
Phone ++ 98-21-88047626
Fax ++ 98-21-88040886
Ireland
Drives & Controls
Unit F4, Riverview Business Park
Nangor Road, Dublin 12
Phone ++ 353 /1/4604474
Fax ++ 353 /1/4604507
Israel
Comtel Israel Ltd
20 Hataas st.
Bet Hapaamon
Kefar-Saba 44425
Phone ++ 972 9 76 77 240
Fax ++ 972 9 76 77 243
Italy
WAGO ELETTRONICA SRL
Via Vittoria, 5/b
40068 S. Lazzaro di Savena (BO)
Phone ++ 39/051/627 21 70
Fax ++ 39/051/627 21 74
Japan
WAGO Co. of JAPAN Ltd.
Nittetsu ND-Tower Building 4F
Kameido 1-5-7
Koto-Ku, Tokyo 136- 0071
Phone ++ 81/3/5627/2050
Fax ++ 81/3/5627/2055
Korea
Hankuk Sangsa Co. &
Mahani Electric Co. Ltd.
576-8, Bisan-2dong, Dongan-Ku
Anyang-City, Kyungki-Do., 431-821
Phone ++ 82/31/463 3300
Fax ++ 82/31/463 3398/9
Latvia
’INSTABALT LATVIA’ SIA
Vestienas iela 6,
, LV-1035
Phone ++ 371 790 1188
Fax ++ 371 790 1180
Lithuania
’INSTABALT LIT’ UAB
187, Vilnius, 2035
Phone ++ 370 52 322 295
Fax ++ 370 52 322 247
Luxembourg
Contacter WAGO Belgium
Malaysia
WAGO Rep. Off. Malaysia
Leis. Comm. Square
806, Bl.A4, Pussat Dagang Setia Jaya
9, Jalan PJS 8/9
46150 Petaling Jaya, Selangor Darul Ehsan
Phone ++ 60-3-7877 1776
Fax ++ 60-3-7877 2776
HPH Materials (M) Sdn. Bhd.
4, Jalan Nilam 1/6, Subang Hi-Tech Ind. Park
40000 Shah Alam, Selangor D.E.
Phone ++ 60-3-5638 2213
Fax ++ 60-3-5638 8213
Mexico
Please contact WAGO USA
Morokko
Aser Automation SA
6 rue Molière-Quartier Racine
20100 Casablanca
Phone ++212 22 36 46 09/10
Fax ++ 212 22 36 46 01
Netherlands
WAGO Nederland
van Leeuwenhoekstraat 20-1
3846 CB Harderwijk
Phone ++ 31/341/ 439039
Fax ++ 31/341/ 439030
New Zealand
Engineering Computer Services Ltd.
Corner Te Rapa & Mahana Road
P.O. Box 20-204, Te Rapa, Hamilton
Phone ++ 64/7/849 2211
Fax ++ 64/7/849 2220
Norway
WAGO NORGE FILIAL AV
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Jerikoveien 20, 1067 Oslo
Phone ++ 47-22 30 94 50
Fax ++ 47-22 30 94 51
Peru
Desimat Peru
Av Enrique Salazar Barreto 280
Surco-Lima 33
Phone ++ 51-1-2731892
Fax ++ 51-1-2720054
Philippines
Please contact WAGO Singapore
Poland
WAGO ELWAG sp. z o. o.
ul. Piékna 58 a, 50-506 Wrocíaw
Phone ++ 48 / 71 / 3 60 46 70/78
Fax ++ 48 / 71 / 3 60 46 99
Portugal
MORGADO & CA. LDA-SEDE
Estrada Exterior da
Circunvalação 3558/3560
Apartado 1057, 4435 Rio Tinto
Phone ++ 351/22/9770600
Fax ++ 351/22/9770699
Qatar
Binghalib Engineering LLC.
P.O. Box 10069, Doha
Phone ++ 974/460 /1065
Fax ++ 974/460 /2092
Saudi Arabia
Al Quraishi Electrical Services of S. A.
P.O. Box 7386, Dammam-31462
Phone ++ 966/3 /85 725 37
Fax ++ 966/3 /85 725 41
Singapore
WAGO Electronic Pte Ltd
10 Upper Aljunied Link, # 04-04
York International, Industrial Building
Singapore 367904
Phone ++ 65/62866776
Fax ++ 65/62842425
Slovak Republic
WAGO Elektrik spol.s r.o.
Odborárska 52, 83102 Bratislava
Phone/Fax ++ 421/2 /44458301
South Africa
Shorrock Automation (Pty) Ltd
Shorrock House, Rte. 21 Corp. Park
Nellmapius Drive, Irene Ext 30,
Centurion
Phone ++ 27/12/3454449
Fax ++ 27/12/3455145
Spain
DICOMAT S.L.
Avda. de la Industria, 36
Apartado Correos, 1.178
28108-Alcobendas (Madrid)
Phone ++ 34/91/6621362 (6 lineas)
Fax ++ 34/91/6610089
Sweden
WAGO Sverige
WAGO Kontakttechnik GmbH & Co. KG
Tyskland Filial
Box 639, 17527 Järfälla
Datavägen 9 A, 17543 Järfälla
Phone ++ 46-858410680
Fax ++ 46-858410699
Switzerland
WAGO CONTACT SA
Route de l’Industrie 19, 1564 Domdidier
Phone ++ 41/26 /676 75 00
Fax ++ 41/26 /676 75 75
Syria
Zahabi Co.
8/5 Shouhadaa St., P.O. Box 8262
Aleppo
Phone ++ 963/21/21 22 235/6
Fax ++ 963/21/21 24 768
Taiwan R. O.C.
WAGO Taiwan
8/F., No. 48, Jing - An Road,
Chung- Ho City, 23556, Taipei Hsien.
Phone ++ 886/2/2244/2569
Fax ++ 886/2/2244/2658
Thailand
US Power Distribution Co., Ltd.
213/6-8 Rachada-Phisek Road
Dingdaeng Bangkok 10320
Phone ++ 66/2/2763040
Fax ++ 66/2/2763049
Turkey
SAROZ DlŞ TIC. VE MÜŞ. LTD. ŞTI.
BOSTANCIYOLU CAD. SAV. SOK.
NO.: 20 KAT: 2 YUKARIDUDULLU
81230 ÜMRANIYE-ISTANBUL
Phone ++ 90/216/4994777
Fax ++ 90/216/4994776
United Arab Emirates (UAE)
Binghalib Engineering Ent.
Al Wasit Street
Industrial Area No. 2
P.O. Box 6969, Sharjah
Phone ++ 971/6 /5434111
Fax ++ 971/6 /5433747
USA
WAGO CORPORATION
N120 W19129 Freistadt Road
Germantown, Wl 53022
Phone ++ 1/262/255-6222
Fax ++ 1/262/255-3232
Toll-Free: 1-800-DIN RAIL
( 3 4 6 - 7 2 45)
Venezuela
PETROBORNAS, C.A.
Av. Principal UD 304-Zona Ind. Los Pinos
C.C. Los Pinos-Local E
8015-Puerto Ordaz-Edo, Bolivar
Phone ++ 58/286 994 3406
Fax ++ 58/286 994 5249
Vietnam
Please contact WAGO Singapore
4
51175817 · 0888-0131/0020-3601 · Ex 2.0 E · 05/2006 · JA 60550 · Printed in Germany · Subject to design changes
4 0 4 5 4 5 4 306397